1 #LyX 1.6.0svn created this file. For more info see http://www.lyx.org/
7 % DO NOT ALTER THIS PREAMBLE!!!
9 % This preamble is designed to ensure that the User's Guide prints
10 % out as advertised. If you mess with this preamble,
11 % parts of the User's Guide may not print out as expected. If you
12 % have problems LaTeXing this file, please contact
13 % the documentation team
14 % email: lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org
16 \usepackage{ifpdf} % part of the hyperref bundle
17 \ifpdf % if pdflatex is used
19 % set fonts for nicer pdf view
20 \IfFileExists{lmodern.sty}{\usepackage{lmodern}}{}
22 \fi % end if pdflatex is used
24 % for correct jump positions whe clicking on a link to a float
25 \usepackage[figure]{hypcap}
27 % the pages of the TOC is numbered roman
28 % and a pdf-bookmark for the TOC is added
29 \let\myTOC\tableofcontents
30 \renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
32 \pdfbookmark[1]{\contentsname}{}
36 % redefine the \LyX macro for PDF bookmarks
37 \def\LyX{\texorpdfstring{%
38 L\kern-.1667em\lower.25em\hbox{Y}\kern-.125emX\@}
41 % define a short command for \textvisiblespace
42 \newcommand{\spce}{\textvisiblespace}
44 % macro for italic page numbers in the index
45 \newcommand{\IndexDef}[1]{\textit{#1}}
47 % redefine the greyed out note
48 \renewenvironment{lyxgreyedout}
49 {\textcolor{blue}\bgroup}{\egroup}
51 \options intoc,bibtotoc,idxtotoc,BCOR7mm,tablecaptionabove
56 \font_typewriter default
57 \font_default_family default
67 \pdf_title "The LyX User's Guide"
68 \pdf_author "LyX Team"
72 \pdf_bookmarksnumbered true
73 \pdf_bookmarksopen false
74 \pdf_bookmarksopenlevel 1
79 \pdf_pagebackref false
80 \pdf_pdfusetitle false
81 \pdf_quoted_options "linkcolor=black, citecolor=black, urlcolor=blue, filecolor=blue,pdfpagelayout=OneColumn, pdfnewwindow=true,pdfstartview=XYZ, plainpages=false, pdfpagelabels,pdftex"
88 \paperorientation portrait
99 \paragraph_separation indent
101 \quotes_language english
104 \paperpagestyle default
105 \tracking_changes false
106 \output_changes false
122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
124 If you have comments or error corrections, please send them to the LyX Documenta
126 \begin_inset CommandInset href
128 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org"
139 \begin_inset Newline newline
143 \begin_inset Newline newline
147 \begin_inset Note Note
150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
151 The latest PDF-version of this document can be found here:
152 \begin_inset Newline newline
157 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/DocumentationDevelopment#UserGuide
165 \begin_layout Standard
166 \begin_inset CommandInset toc
167 LatexCommand tableofcontents
174 \begin_layout Chapter
178 \begin_layout Section
182 \begin_layout Standard
183 LyX is a document preparation system.
184 It is a tool for producing beautiful manuscripts, publishable books, business
185 letters and proposals, and even poetry.
186 It is unlike most other
187 \begin_inset Quotes eld
191 \begin_inset Quotes erd
194 in the sense that it uses the paradigm of a markup language as its core
196 That means that when you type a section header, you mark it as a
197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
208 Bold, 17 pt type, left justified, 5 mm space below
209 \begin_inset Quotes erd
213 LyX takes care of the typesetting for you, so you deal only with concepts,
217 \begin_layout Standard
218 This philosophy is explained in much greater detail in the
221 \begin_inset Quotes eld
225 \begin_inset Quotes erd
231 If you haven't read it yet, you need to.
235 \begin_layout Standard
237 \begin_inset Quotes eld
245 \begin_inset Quotes erd
248 describes several things in addition to LyX's philosophy: most importantly,
249 the format of all of the manuals.
250 If you don't read it, you'll have a bear of a time navigating this manual.
251 You might also be better served looking in one of the other manuals instead
254 \begin_inset Quotes eld
262 \begin_inset Quotes erd
268 \begin_layout Section
272 \begin_layout Standard
273 Like most applications, LyX has the familiar menu bar across the top of
275 Below it is a toolbar with a pulldown box and various buttons.
276 There is, of course, a vertical scrollbar and a main work area for editing
278 Near the bottom of the window is a small window containing a single line
285 \begin_inset Quotes eld
289 \begin_inset Quotes erd
297 when you need to type a command in the minibuffer.
300 \begin_layout Standard
301 Note that there is no horizontal scroll bar.
302 This is not a bug or an oversight, but intentional.
303 When you read a book, you expect the end of a line to wrap around to the
305 Text overflows onto new pages in a vertical fashion, hence the need for
306 only a vertical scrollbar.
307 There are three cases where you might want a horizontal scrollbar.
308 The first case is large figures, displayed WYSIWYG\SpecialChar \@.
309 This, however, is due
310 to a flaw in the routine that displays graphics on the LyX screen in a
311 WYSIWYG fashion; it should rescale the graphics to fit in the window, just
312 as you'd need to rescale graphics to fit on a page.
313 The second and third cases are tables and equations which are wider than
315 You can use the arrow keys to scroll horizontally through the table, but
316 this doesn't work for equations yet.
319 \begin_layout Standard
320 For a brief description of all LyX menus and toolbar buttons, have a look
326 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
328 reference "cha:The-User-Interface"
333 Most of them are self-explanatory and you'll find them listed in the correspond
334 ing sections of this documentation.
337 \begin_layout Section
341 \begin_layout Standard
342 The help system consists of the LyX manuals.
347 of the manuals from inside LyX.
348 Just select the manual you want read from the
355 \begin_layout Section
357 \begin_inset CommandInset label
359 name "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
366 \begin_layout Standard
367 There are several features of LyX that can be configured from inside LyX,
368 without resorting to configuration files.
369 First, LyX is able to inspect your system to see what programs, LaTeX document
370 classes and LaTeX packages are available.
371 It uses this knowledge to give reasonable defaults to several
377 \begin_layout Plain Layout
386 Although this configuration has already been done when LyX was installed
387 on your system, you might have some items that you installed locally, e.g.
388 new LaTeX classes, and which are not seen by LyX.
389 To force LyX to re-inspect your system, you should use
391 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
399 Reconfiguration of LyX
404 You should then restart LyX to ensure that the changes are taken into account.
407 \begin_layout Section
409 \begin_inset CommandInset label
411 name "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
418 \begin_layout Standard
419 LyX needs several LaTeX packages to work properly.
420 The packages found on the system by LyX are listed in the file
428 \begin_layout Plain Layout
443 that will be created when using the menu
445 Help\SpecialChar \menuseparator
450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
464 You should install the required missing packages and then reconfigure LyX.
465 \begin_inset Note Note
468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
469 The two braces in the TeX Code box prevent that the term
470 \begin_inset Quotes eld
474 \begin_inset Quotes erd
477 is printed with sub- and superscript letters.
478 More about TeX Code is described in section
483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
485 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
489 , the printout of proper names like LaTeX is explained in section
494 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
496 reference "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
510 Reconfiguration of LyX
518 \begin_layout Chapter
522 \begin_layout Section
523 Basic File Operations
527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
536 \begin_layout Standard
541 menu and in the standard toolbar are basic operations for any word processor
542 in addition to some more advanced operations:
545 \begin_layout Itemize
549 \begin_inset Graphics
550 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
551 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
558 \begin_layout Itemize
576 \begin_layout Itemize
582 \begin_inset Graphics
583 filename ../images/file-open.png
584 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
591 \begin_layout Itemize
597 \begin_layout Itemize
603 \begin_inset Graphics
604 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
605 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
612 \begin_layout Itemize
622 \begin_layout Itemize
636 \begin_layout Itemize
646 \begin_layout Itemize
652 \begin_layout Itemize
658 \begin_layout Itemize
664 \begin_inset Graphics
665 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
666 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
673 \begin_layout Itemize
679 \begin_layout Standard
680 They all do pretty much the same thing as in other word processors, with
681 a few minor differences.
684 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
699 command not only prompts you for a name for the new file, but also prompts
700 you for a template to use.
701 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
702 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
703 They can be of use for certain classes, especially those for writing letters
709 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
711 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
718 \begin_layout Standard
720 \begin_inset Quotes eld
724 \begin_inset Quotes erd
728 \begin_inset Quotes eld
732 \begin_inset Quotes erd
736 \begin_inset Quotes eld
740 \begin_inset Quotes erd
743 Unless you tell LyX to open a file or create a new one, that big, blank
744 space is just that --- a big, blank space.
747 \begin_layout Standard
768 are useful if more people work on the same document at the same time
772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
773 If you plan to do this, you should check out the Version Control feature
798 will reload the document from disk.
799 You can of course also use it if you regret that you changed a document
800 and want to restore it to the last save.
809 you can there register the changes you made to a document so that others
810 can identify this as your changes.
813 \begin_layout Section
814 Basic Editing Features
818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
825 \begin_inset CommandInset label
827 name "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
834 \begin_layout Standard
835 Like most modern word processors, LyX can perform cut and paste operations
836 on blocks of text, can move by character, word, or screenful of text, and
837 can delete whole words as well as individual characters.
838 The next four sections cover the basic LyX editing features and how to
840 We'll start with cut and paste.
843 \begin_layout Standard
844 As you might expect, the
848 menu and the standard toolbar has the cut and paste commands, along with
849 various other editing features.
850 Some of these are special and covered in later sections.
854 \begin_layout Itemize
860 \begin_inset Graphics
861 filename ../images/cut.png
862 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
869 \begin_layout Itemize
875 \begin_inset Graphics
876 filename ../images/copy.png
877 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
884 \begin_layout Itemize
890 \begin_inset Graphics
891 filename ../images/paste.png
892 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
899 \begin_layout Itemize
909 \begin_layout Itemize
919 \begin_layout Itemize
933 \begin_inset Graphics
934 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
935 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
943 \begin_layout Standard
944 The first three are self-explanatory.
945 One thing to note: whenever you delete a block of text that you've selected,
946 it's automatically placed in the clipboard.
955 keys also functions as the
960 Also, if you've selected text, be careful: If you hit a key, LyX will completel
961 y delete the selected text and replace it with what you just typed.
966 to get back the lost text.
969 \begin_layout Standard
973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
979 You can also copy text between LyX and other programs by cut, copy and paste.
988 shows you a list with the last strings you have pasted.
991 \begin_layout Standard
994 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
999 Special\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1001 \begin_inset space ~
1005 \begin_inset space ~
1010 will insert the text in the clipboard so that the whole text is inserted
1016 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
1020 \begin_inset space ~
1025 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
1026 will start a new paragraph.
1029 \begin_layout Standard
1033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1043 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1051 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1053 \begin_inset space ~
1057 \begin_inset space ~
1065 \begin_inset space ~
1069 \begin_inset space ~
1075 Once you've found a word or expression, LyX selects it.
1080 button replaces the selected text with the contents of the
1083 \begin_inset space ~
1092 \begin_inset space ~
1097 button to skip the current word.
1101 \begin_inset space ~
1106 to replace all occurrences of the text in the document automatically.
1110 \begin_inset space ~
1115 option can be used if you want the search to consider the case of the search
1117 If the toggle is set, searching for
1118 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1126 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1129 will not match the word
1130 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1138 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1144 Match whole words only
1146 option can be used to force LyX to only find complete words.
1148 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1156 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1174 \begin_layout Standard
1175 Things like notes, floats, etc., the so called insets can be dissolved.
1176 This means that the inset is deleted and its content is left as normal
1178 Dissolving an inset is done by setting the cursor to the beginning of an
1183 or by setting the cursor to the end and pressing
1190 \begin_layout Section
1195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1212 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1214 name "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
1221 \begin_layout Standard
1222 If you make a mistake, you can easily recover from it.
1223 LyX has a large-capacity undo/redo buffer.
1226 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1229 or the toolbar button
1230 \begin_inset Graphics
1231 filename ../images/undo.png
1232 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1236 to undo some mistake.
1237 If you accidentally undo too much, use
1239 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1242 ot the toolbar button
1243 \begin_inset Graphics
1244 filename ../images/redo.png
1245 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1250 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1254 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1257 The undo mechanism is currently limited to 100
1258 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1261 steps to minimize memory overhead.
1264 \begin_layout Standard
1265 Notice that if you revert back all changes to arrive to the document as
1266 it was last saved, the
1267 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1271 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1274 status of the document is unfortunately not reset.
1275 This is a consequence of the 100
1276 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1279 step undo limit, above.
1282 \begin_layout Standard
1291 work on almost everything in LyX.
1292 But they won't undo or redo text character by character, but by blocks
1296 \begin_layout Section
1301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1310 \begin_layout Standard
1311 This are the most basic mouse operations.
1314 \begin_layout Enumerate
1319 \begin_layout Itemize
1324 once anywhere in the edit window.
1325 The cursor moves to the text under the mouse.
1329 \begin_layout Enumerate
1334 \begin_layout Itemize
1340 LyX marks the text between the old and new mouse positions.
1343 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1346 to create a copy of the text in LyX's buffer (and the clipboard).
1349 \begin_layout Itemize
1350 Re-position the cursor and then paste the text back into LyX using
1352 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1359 \begin_layout Enumerate
1360 Insets (Footnotes, Notes, Floats, etc.)
1364 \begin_layout Standard
1369 the left mouse button to open or close any of these.
1370 Right-click on them to set its properties.
1371 Also check the appropriate section of this manual for more details.
1375 \begin_layout Enumerate
1380 \begin_layout Standard
1385 the right mouse button to open a dialog that will allow you to manipulate
1390 \begin_layout Section
1392 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1394 name "sec:Navigating"
1402 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1411 \begin_layout Standard
1412 LyX offers you two ways to navigate in documents:
1415 \begin_layout Itemize
1420 lists all sections of the document as submenu entries that you can click
1421 to jump to the corresponding document part.
1424 \begin_layout Itemize
1427 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1430 or the toolbar button
1431 \begin_inset Graphics
1432 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
1433 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1440 \begin_layout Standard
1441 The outline window shows you the content of the document's table of contents
1442 (TOC) that is described in sec.
1443 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
1447 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1449 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
1454 You can click there on entries to jump to the corresponding document part.
1455 In the pull-down box at the top of the outline window, you can choose between
1456 different lists of document objects, like the list of footnotes.
1457 Some of them, the list of tables, figures, and algorithms can also be added
1458 to the document, see
1459 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1461 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
1468 \begin_layout Standard
1470 \begin_inset space \space{}
1474 \begin_inset Graphics
1475 filename ../images/down.png
1476 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1481 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1486 \begin_inset space \space{}
1490 \begin_inset Graphics
1491 filename ../images/up.png
1492 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1497 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
1501 at the bottom of the outline window you can change the position of sections
1503 So you can for example move section
1504 \begin_inset space ~
1508 \begin_inset space ~
1512 LyX will then automatically renumber the sections to the new order.
1514 \begin_inset Graphics
1515 filename ../images/promote.png
1516 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1521 \begin_inset Graphics
1522 filename ../images/demote.png
1523 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
1527 you can change the sectioning level of sections.
1528 So you can for example make section
1529 \begin_inset space ~
1533 \begin_inset space ~
1537 \begin_inset space ~
1543 \begin_layout Section
1545 \begin_inset CommandInset label
1547 name "sec:Key-Bindings"
1555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
1564 \begin_layout Standard
1565 There are at least two different primary binding maps: CUA and Emacs.
1566 LyX's default is CUA.
1569 \begin_layout Standard
1573 \begin_inset space ~
1581 \begin_inset space ~
1602 , do exactly what you expect them to do.
1606 \begin_layout Labeling
1607 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1611 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1612 LatexCommand nomenclature
1614 description "Tabulator key"
1620 There is no such thing as a tab stop in LyX.
1621 If you don't understand this, go read sections
1622 \begin_inset space ~
1626 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1628 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
1633 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1635 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
1639 , especially section
1640 \begin_inset space ~
1644 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
1646 reference "sub:Lists"
1652 If you're still confused, look in the
1659 \begin_layout Labeling
1660 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1664 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1665 LatexCommand nomenclature
1667 description "Escape key"
1674 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1678 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1681 It's used, generically, to cancel operations.
1682 Other parts of the manual will go into greater detail about this.
1685 \begin_layout Labeling
1686 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1692 \begin_inset space ~
1696 \begin_inset space ~
1703 These move the cursor, respectively, to the beginning and end of a line,
1704 unless you are using the Emacs bindings where they jump to the beginning
1708 \begin_layout Standard
1709 There are three modifier keys:
1712 \begin_layout Labeling
1713 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1719 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1727 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1731 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1732 LatexCommand nomenclature
1734 description "Control key"
1738 in the documentation files) This has a couple of different uses, depending
1739 on which keys it's used in combination with:
1743 \begin_layout Itemize
1752 , it deletes an entire word instead of a single character.
1755 \begin_layout Itemize
1764 , it moves by words instead of characters.
1767 \begin_layout Itemize
1776 , it moves to the beginning and the end of the document, respectively.
1780 \begin_layout Labeling
1781 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1787 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1795 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1799 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1800 LatexCommand nomenclature
1802 description "Shift key"
1806 in the documentation files) Use this with any of the motion keys to select
1807 the text between the old and new cursor positions.
1810 \begin_layout Labeling
1811 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
1817 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1825 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1829 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
1830 LatexCommand nomenclature
1832 description "Meta or Alt key"
1836 in the documentation files) This is the Alt key on many keyboards, unless
1837 your keyboard has a distinct Meta key.
1838 If you have both keys, you will need to try out which one actually performs
1844 This key does many different things, but it also activates the
1846 menu accelerator keys
1849 If you use this in combination with any of the underlined letters in a
1850 menu or menu item, it selects that menu item.
1854 \begin_layout Standard
1855 For example, the sequence
1856 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1862 \begin_inset space ~
1866 \begin_inset space ~
1872 \begin_inset space ~
1880 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1888 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1892 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1903 \begin_inset space ~
1909 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1919 \begin_layout Standard
1920 There are also other things bound to the
1924 key, but you'll have to check in the
1936 \begin_layout Standard
1937 You'll learn more and more keybindings and short-cut keys as you use LyX,
1938 because most actions will prompt a small message in the status bar at the
1939 bottom of LyX's main window which describe the name of the action, you've
1940 just triggered, and any existing keybindings for that action.
1941 The LyX menus also list the defined keybindings.
1942 The notation for the keybindings is very similar to the notation used in
1943 this documentation, so you should not have any problems understanding it.
1944 However, notice that Shift-modifiers are explicitly mentioned, so
1947 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1953 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1960 followed by a capital
1966 \begin_inset Quotes eld
1974 \begin_inset Quotes erd
1984 \begin_layout Standard
1985 You can list or change the keybindings in the LyX preferences under
1987 Editing\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1991 The preferences are opened with the menu
1993 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
1999 \begin_layout Chapter
2004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2013 \begin_layout Section
2018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2027 \begin_layout Subsection
2031 \begin_layout Standard
2032 Before you do anything else, before you ever start writing a document, you
2033 need to decide what type of document you want to edit.
2034 Different types of documents use different types of spacing, headings,
2035 numbering schemes, and so on.
2036 Additionally, different documents use different paragraph environments,
2037 and format the title of your document differently.
2040 \begin_layout Standard
2045 describes a group of properties common to a particular set of documents.
2046 By setting the document class, you automatically select these properties,
2047 making it easier to create the type of document you want.
2048 If you don't choose a document class, LyX picks one for you by default.
2049 So, it behooves you to change the class of your document.
2052 \begin_layout Standard
2053 Read on for info about the document classes you can choose from LyX, and
2054 how to adjust their properties.
2057 \begin_layout Subsection
2062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2069 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2071 name "sec:Document-Classes"
2078 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2082 \begin_layout Standard
2083 There are four standard document classes in LyX.
2087 \begin_layout Description
2088 Article for basic articles
2091 \begin_layout Description
2092 Report for basic reports
2095 \begin_layout Description
2096 Book for writing a book
2099 \begin_layout Description
2100 Letter for US-style letters
2103 \begin_layout Standard
2104 There are also some non-standard classes, which LyX only uses if you have
2106 Here are some of the classes, the full list with detailed explanations
2107 can be found in chapter
2109 Special Document Classes
2118 \begin_layout Description
2119 A&A Journal articles in the style and format used in Astronomy & Astrophysics
2122 \begin_layout Description
2129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2138 eX For submissions to the journals published by the American Astronomical
2142 \begin_layout Description
2143 AMS Layouts for articles and books in the style and format used by the American
2144 Mathematical Society (AMS).
2145 There are three article layouts available.
2146 The standard one uses a typical numbering scheme for theorems etc., that
2147 prepends the section number to the number of the result.
2148 All result-type statements (propositions, corollaries, and so on) are sequenced
2149 together, but definitions, examples, and the like have their own sequence.
2151 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2154 sequential numbering
2155 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2158 scheme does not place the section number with each result, but numbers
2159 them throughout the article in a single sequence.
2160 Each type of result gets its own sequence.
2161 There is also a layout that dispenses with numbering of statements altogether.
2164 \begin_layout Description
2165 Beamer Layout for presentations
2168 \begin_layout Description
2169 broadway Layout for writing plays.
2170 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2174 \begin_layout Description
2176 \begin_inset space ~
2179 vitae classes to create curriculum vitae
2182 \begin_layout Description
2183 Dinbrief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2186 \begin_layout Description
2189 Die TeXnische Komödie
2191 , the journal of the German TeX user Group (Dante)
2194 \begin_layout Description
2195 Elsevier Layout for journals of the Elsevier publishing group
2198 \begin_layout Description
2199 Foils Used to make transparencies
2202 \begin_layout Description
2203 g-brief Letters in format of the DIN (German industry norm)
2206 \begin_layout Description
2207 hollywood Used to type spec scripts for the US film industry.
2208 It is not an existing LaTeX document class, but a new one which is distributed
2212 \begin_layout Description
2213 IEEEtran Layout for the journals published by the Institute of Electrical
2214 and Electronics Engineers (IEEE)
2217 \begin_layout Description
2218 IOP Layout for journals of the Institute of Physics publishing group
2221 \begin_layout Description
2222 Kluwer Layout for journals of the Kluwer publishing group
2225 \begin_layout Description
2226 koma-script a replacement for the standard classes, offers many useful features
2227 like caption formatting, automatic print space calculation etc.
2230 \begin_layout Description
2231 Memoir another replacement for the standard classes
2234 \begin_layout Description
2239 LaTeX document class
2242 \begin_layout Description
2243 Powerdot Layout for presentations
2246 \begin_layout Description
2251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2258 X is used to write articles for the publications of the American Physical
2259 Society (APS), American Institute of Physics (AIP), and Optical Society
2261 This class is not completely compatible with all LyX features.
2264 \begin_layout Description
2265 Slides Used to make transparencies
2268 \begin_layout Description
2270 \begin_inset space ~
2273 Proceedings Layout for the journals published by The International Society
2274 for Optical Engineering (SPIE)
2277 \begin_layout Description
2278 Springer Layouts for journals of the Springer publishing group
2281 \begin_layout Description
2286 , the journal of the international TeX user Group (TUG)
2289 \begin_layout Standard
2290 We won't go into any detail about how to use these different document classes
2292 You can find all the details about the non-standard classes in the
2297 Here, we will settle with a list of some of the common properties of all
2298 of the document classes.
2301 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2305 \begin_layout Standard
2306 You can select a class using the
2308 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2322 Select the class you want to use, and make any fine tunings of the options
2326 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2327 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2337 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2346 \begin_layout Standard
2347 Since LyX 1.6, layout modules can be used to add additional features to a
2348 document without the user's having to include those features in a new layout
2350 The available modules are listed in the Available Modules pane of the
2352 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2366 Highlighting one of them will bring up a description of the module.
2367 Please note that some modules require LaTeX packages that are not always
2368 installed by default.
2369 LyX will warn you if you do not have the needed package.
2370 Note also that some modules require other modules, and some pairs of modules
2374 \begin_layout Subsubsection
2378 \begin_layout Standard
2379 Each class has a default set of options.
2380 Here's a quick table describing them:
2383 \begin_layout Standard
2384 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2390 \begin_layout Standard
2392 \begin_inset Tabular
2393 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="5" columns="5">
2395 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2396 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2397 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2398 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2399 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
2401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2484 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2487 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2501 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2575 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2578 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2610 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2613 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2628 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2683 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2686 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2701 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2704 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2719 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2737 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2757 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2760 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2774 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2792 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
2813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
2831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2853 \begin_layout Standard
2854 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
2860 \begin_layout Standard
2861 You're probably also wondering what
2862 \begin_inset Quotes eld
2866 \begin_inset space ~
2870 \begin_inset Quotes erd
2874 There are several paragraph environments used to create section headings.
2875 Different document classes allow different types of section headings.
2880 heading; the rest do not and begin instead with the
2885 Some document classes, such as the ones for letters, don't use any section
2895 headings, there are also
2903 headings, and so on.
2904 We'll describe these headings fully in section
2905 \begin_inset space ~
2909 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
2911 reference "sub:Headings"
2918 \begin_layout Subsection
2923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2930 \begin_inset CommandInset label
2932 name "sub:Document-Layout"
2942 \begin_layout Plain Layout
2951 \begin_layout Standard
2952 The most important properties of documents classes are set in the menu
2954 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
2965 \begin_inset space ~
2970 , you can enter special options for your document class in a comma-separated
2972 This is only necessary if LyX doesn't support special options you want
2973 to use for your document.
2974 To learn more about your favorite LaTeX-class and its options, you have
2978 \begin_layout Standard
2982 \begin_inset space ~
2991 controls what sorts of headings and page numbers go on a page.
2992 You can choose between the following five options:
2995 \begin_layout Labeling
2996 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3001 Use default pagestyle of current class.
3004 \begin_layout Labeling
3005 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3010 No page numbers or headings.
3013 \begin_layout Labeling
3014 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3022 \begin_layout Labeling
3023 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3028 Page numbers and either the current chapter or section title and number.
3029 Whether LyX uses the current chapter or the current section depends on
3030 the maximum sectioning level of the class.
3033 \begin_layout Labeling
3034 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3039 This allows you to create fully customizable headers and footers if you
3048 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3049 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
3055 At the moment, support in LyX is limited to this setting.
3056 To use the full power of this package, you have to add code to your document
3058 Check the documentation for the
3062 package for more details,
3063 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
3072 \begin_layout Standard
3077 of paragraphs is described in section
3078 \begin_inset space ~
3082 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3084 reference "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3091 \begin_layout Subsection
3092 Paper Size and Orientation
3096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3097 Document ! Paper size
3103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3105 name "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
3112 \begin_layout Standard
3113 You'll find the following options in the menu
3116 \begin_inset space ~
3121 of the dialog of the
3123 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3141 \begin_layout Labeling
3142 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3147 What size paper to print on.
3151 \begin_layout Itemize
3157 \begin_layout Itemize
3167 \begin_layout Itemize
3173 \begin_layout Itemize
3179 \begin_layout Itemize
3185 \begin_layout Itemize
3191 \begin_layout Itemize
3197 \begin_layout Labeling
3198 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3203 Two toggle buttons choose whether to print the output as
3214 \begin_layout Labeling
3215 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
3219 \begin_inset space ~
3224 Adjusts the print space to print both sides of paper.
3225 That means that the print space for odd- and even-numbered pages is different.
3228 \begin_layout Subsection
3233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3240 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3250 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3259 \begin_layout Standard
3260 Paper margins are set in the menu
3262 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3280 \begin_layout Standard
3281 If you use a koma-script document class, you can use the default settings.
3282 Because koma-script calculates then the printspace automatically by taking
3283 the paper format and the font size into account.
3286 \begin_layout Subsection
3290 \begin_layout Standard
3291 If you change a document class, LyX has to convert
3296 That includes the paragraph environments.
3297 Some paragraph environments are standard; all of the document classes have
3298 them; but some classes have special paragraph environments.
3299 If this is the case, and you change the document class, LyX sets the missing
3300 paragraph environments to
3304 and places an error box at the beginning of the paragraph.
3305 Just click on them and you'll get a message dialog that tells you about
3306 the conversion and why it failed.
3309 \begin_layout Section
3310 Paragraph Indentation and Separation
3314 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3315 Paragraph ! Indentation
3323 \begin_layout Subsection
3325 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3327 name "sec:Par-indent-intro"
3334 \begin_layout Standard
3335 Before describing all of the various paragraph environments, we'd like to
3336 say a word or two about paragraph indentation.
3339 \begin_layout Standard
3340 Everyone seems to have their own convention for separating paragraphs.
3341 Most Americans indent the first line of a paragraph.
3342 Others don't indent but put extra space between the paragraphs.
3343 If you choose indentation for paragraphs the
3347 paragraph of a section, or after a figure, an equation, a table, a list,
3353 Only a paragraph following another paragraph gets indented.
3354 Note that the indentation behavior is different when you use another document
3355 language than English.
3356 LaTeX takes care that the indentation follows the rules of the used language.
3359 \begin_layout Standard
3360 The space between paragraphs, like the line spacing, the space between headings
3361 and text --- in fact, all of the spacings for just about everything are
3363 As we said, you don't worry about how much space to add between what.
3364 LyX takes care of that.
3365 In fact, these pre-coded vertical spacings aren't a single number but a
3367 That way, LyX can squish or stretch the space between lines to make sure
3368 figures fit on a page with text, so that sections don't start at the bottom
3369 of a page, and so on.
3373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3374 LaTeX does this when LyX goes to produce a printable file.
3379 However, pre-coded doesn't mean you can't change them.
3380 LyX gives you the ability to globally change
3384 of these pre-coded spacings.
3385 We'll explain more later.
3388 \begin_layout Subsection
3389 Paragraph Separation
3393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3394 Paragraph ! Separation
3402 \begin_layout Standard
3403 To separate paragraphs, select
3414 \begin_inset space ~
3421 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3434 to indent paragraphs or add extra space between paragraphs, respectively.
3435 The size of the skips can be defined in the dialog, for the indentation
3436 you have to add this line to your document preamble:
3439 \begin_layout Standard
3449 \begin_layout Standard
3450 where length is a value in one of the units listed in Appendix
3451 \begin_inset space ~
3455 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3457 reference "cap:Units"
3462 The default length is 30
3463 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
3469 \begin_layout Subsection
3473 \begin_layout Standard
3474 You can also change the separation method of a single paragraph.
3477 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3479 \begin_inset space ~
3484 dialog and toggle the
3487 \begin_inset space ~
3492 option to change the state of the current paragraph.
3493 If paragraphs have no indentation but use extra space for separation, this
3494 button will be ignored (you can't indent a single paragraph by toggling
3498 \begin_layout Standard
3499 You should only need to change the indentation method for a single paragraph
3500 if you need to do some fine-tuning.
3503 \begin_layout Subsection
3508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3509 Paragraph ! Line spacing
3517 \begin_layout Standard
3520 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3533 dialog you can set the line spacing in the submenu
3536 \begin_inset space ~
3545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3546 You need to have the LaTeX-package
3554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3555 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! setspace
3560 installed to use this feature.
3568 \begin_layout Section
3569 Paragraph Environments
3573 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3574 Paragraph ! Environments
3580 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3582 name "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
3590 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3591 Paragraph environments|(
3599 \begin_layout Subsection
3603 \begin_layout Standard
3604 Paragraph environments correspond to the
3607 \begin_layout Standard
3626 \begin_inset Newline newline
3629 command sequence in LaTeX files.
3630 If you don't know LaTeX, or the concept of a paragraph environment is totally
3631 alien to you, we urge you to read the
3640 also contains many more examples than this section does.
3643 \begin_layout Standard
3644 A paragraph environment is simply a
3645 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3649 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3652 for a paragraph which gives that paragraph certain properties.
3653 This can include a particular style of font, different margins, a numbering
3654 scheme, labels, and so on.
3655 Additionally, you can
3656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3660 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3663 the different environments inside one another, allowing one environment
3664 to inherit some of the properties of another.
3665 The different paragraph environments totally replace the need for messy
3666 tab stops, on the fly margin adjustment, and other hold-overs from the
3667 days of typewriters.
3668 There are several paragraph environments which are specific to a particular
3670 We'll only be covering the most common ones here.
3673 \begin_layout Standard
3674 To choose a new paragraph environment, use the pull-down box
3675 \begin_inset Graphics
3676 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
3682 at the left end of the toolbar.
3683 LyX will change the environment of the
3687 paragraph in which the cursor sits.
3688 You can also change the environment of an entire group of paragraphs if
3689 you select them before choosing the new environment.
3693 \begin_layout Standard
3702 create a new paragraph using the
3706 paragraph environment.
3708 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3712 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3715 because if you are in one of these environments:
3718 \begin_layout Itemize
3724 \begin_layout Itemize
3730 \begin_layout Itemize
3736 \begin_layout Itemize
3742 \begin_layout Itemize
3748 \begin_layout Itemize
3754 \begin_layout Itemize
3760 \begin_layout Standard
3761 LyX keeps the old paragraph environment when you hit
3765 , rather than resetting it to
3770 LyX will still reset the nesting depth, however.
3771 Usually, starting a new paragraph resets both the paragraph environment
3772 and the nesting depth (for more on nesting see section
3773 \begin_inset space ~
3777 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
3779 reference "sec:Nesting"
3784 At the moment, all this is context-specific; you're better off expecting
3789 to reset the paragraph environment and depth.
3790 If you want a new paragraph to keep the current environment and depth,
3798 \begin_layout Subsection
3802 \begin_layout Standard
3803 The default paragraph environment is
3808 It creates a plain paragraph.
3809 If LyX resets the paragraph environment, this is the one it chooses.
3810 In fact, the paragraph you're reading right now (and most of the ones in
3811 this manual) are in the
3818 \begin_layout Standard
3819 You can nest a paragraph using the
3823 environment in just about anything else, but you can't really nest anything
3831 \begin_layout Subsection
3836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3845 \begin_layout Standard
3846 A LaTeX title page has three parts: the title itself, the name(s) of the
3848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3852 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3855 for thanks or contact information.
3856 For certain types of documents, LaTeX places all of this on a separate
3857 page along with today's date.
3858 For other types of documents, the title
3859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3866 goes at the top of the first page of the document.
3870 \begin_layout Standard
3871 LyX provides an interface to the title page commands through the paragraph
3885 Here's how you use them:
3888 \begin_layout Itemize
3889 Put the title of your document in the
3896 \begin_layout Itemize
3897 Put the author name in the
3904 \begin_layout Itemize
3905 If you want the date to have a certain appearance, want to use a fixed date,
3906 or want other text to appear in place of today's date, put that text in
3912 Note that using this environment is optional.
3913 If you don't provide any, LaTeX will automatically insert today's date.
3914 If you don't want any date, add the line
3915 \begin_inset Newline newline
3925 \begin_inset Newline newline
3928 to the preamble of your document (menu
3930 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
3936 \begin_layout Standard
3937 You can use footnotes to insert
3938 \begin_inset Quotes eld
3942 \begin_inset Quotes erd
3945 or contact informations.
3948 \begin_layout Subsection
3953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3960 \begin_inset CommandInset label
3969 \begin_layout Standard
3970 There are several paragraph environments for producing section headings.
3971 LyX takes care of the numbering for you.
3974 \begin_layout Subsubsection
3979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
3980 Section headings ! Numbered
3988 \begin_layout Standard
3989 There are 7 numbered types of section headings.
3993 \begin_layout Enumerate
3999 \begin_layout Enumerate
4005 \begin_layout Enumerate
4011 \begin_layout Enumerate
4017 \begin_layout Enumerate
4023 \begin_layout Enumerate
4029 \begin_layout Enumerate
4035 \begin_layout Standard
4036 LyX labels each heading with a series of numbers, separated by periods.
4037 The numbers describe where in the document you are.
4038 Unlike the other headings, parts are numbered with Latin letters.
4041 \begin_layout Standard
4042 Headings all subdivide your document into different pieces of text.
4043 For example, suppose you're writing a book.
4044 You group the book into chapters.
4045 LyX does similar grouping:
4048 \begin_layout Itemize
4053 is divided in either
4062 \begin_layout Itemize
4074 \begin_layout Itemize
4086 \begin_layout Itemize
4098 \begin_layout Itemize
4110 \begin_layout Itemize
4122 \begin_layout Standard
4123 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
4126 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4131 Not all document types use the
4135 heading as the maximum sectioning level.
4140 is the top-level heading.
4148 \begin_layout Standard
4153 environment to label a new sub-subsection, LyX labels it with its number,
4154 along with the number of the subsection, section, and, if applicable, chapter
4156 For example: the fifth section of the second chapter of this book has the
4158 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4162 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4168 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4174 Section headings ! Unnumbered
4182 \begin_layout Standard
4183 There are 5 types of unnumbered section headings.
4187 \begin_layout Enumerate
4193 \begin_layout Enumerate
4199 \begin_layout Enumerate
4205 \begin_layout Enumerate
4211 \begin_layout Enumerate
4217 \begin_layout Standard
4219 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4223 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4226 after each name means that these headings are not numbered.
4227 They work the same as their numbered counterparts but won't appear in the
4228 table of contents, see section
4229 \begin_inset space ~
4233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4242 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4243 Changing the Numbering
4244 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4246 name "sub:Numbering-depth"
4253 \begin_layout Standard
4254 You can also alter which sectioning levels get numbered and which ones appear
4255 in the Table of Contents.
4256 Now, this doesn't remove any of the levels; that's preset in the document
4258 Certain classes start with
4272 Similarly, not all document classes number all sectioning levels.
4282 This is something you can change.
4285 \begin_layout Standard
4288 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4308 \begin_inset space ~
4312 \begin_inset space ~
4317 you'll see two counters.
4322 controls how far down in the sectioning hierarchy LyX numbers a section
4324 The other one controls the appearance of the section headings in the table
4328 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4329 Short Titles of Headings
4333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4334 Section headings ! Short titles
4343 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4350 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4352 name "sec:Short-Titles"
4359 \begin_layout Standard
4360 Some section or chapter titles, such as this one, can get quite long.
4361 This can cause troubles when there is limited horizontal space.
4362 For example, if the header of the page is set to show the current section
4363 title, a long title will protrude over the page margins and look awful.
4366 \begin_layout Standard
4367 LaTeX allows you to specify a short title for section headings.
4368 This short title is used in the header and in the actual table of contents,
4369 avoiding the problem mentioned.
4370 To specify a short title, use the menu
4372 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4374 \begin_inset space ~
4380 This will insert a box labeled
4381 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4385 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4389 \begin_inset Quotes eld
4393 \begin_inset Quotes erd
4396 ) which you can use to enter the short title text.
4397 This also works for captions inside floats.
4400 \begin_layout Standard
4401 The title of this section is a good example of using this feature.
4404 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4408 \begin_layout Standard
4409 The following information applies to all section headings:
4412 \begin_layout Itemize
4413 You cannot do any nesting with these environments.
4416 \begin_layout Itemize
4417 You cannot use a margin note in any of these environments.
4420 \begin_layout Itemize
4421 You can only use inline math in these environments.
4424 \begin_layout Itemize
4425 You can use labels and cross-references to refer to their numbers.
4428 \begin_layout Subsection
4429 Quotes and Poetryline spacing
4432 \begin_layout Standard
4433 LyX has three paragraph environments for writing poetry and quotations.
4447 Forget the days of changing line spacing and twiddling with margins.
4448 These three paragraph environments already have those changes built-in.
4449 They all widen the left margin and add a bit of extra space above and below
4450 the text they contain.
4451 They also allow nesting, so you can put a
4459 , as well as in some other paragraph environments.
4462 \begin_layout Standard
4463 There is another feature of these three paragraph environments: they do
4472 when you start a new paragraph.
4473 So, you can type in that poem and merrily hit
4477 without worrying about the paragraph environment changing on you.
4478 Of course, that means that, once you're done typing in that poem, you have
4479 to change back to the
4483 environment yourself.
4486 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4496 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4506 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4515 \begin_layout Standard
4516 Now that we've described the similarities of these three environments, it's
4517 time for the differences.
4526 are identical except for one difference:
4530 uses extra spacing to separate paragraphs and never indents the first line.
4539 indents the first line of a paragraph and uses the same line spacing throughout.
4542 \begin_layout Standard
4543 Here's an example of the
4556 I can keep writing, extending this line out further and further until it
4558 See -- no indentation!
4562 Here's the second paragraph of this quote.
4563 Again, there's no indentation, but there is extra space between me and
4564 the other paragraph.
4567 \begin_layout Standard
4568 Here's another example, this time in the
4575 \begin_layout Quotation
4581 If I keep writing, you'll see the indentation.
4582 If your country uses a writing style that shows off new paragraphs by indenting
4583 the first line, then
4587 is the environment for you! Well, you'd use it
4591 you were quoting other text.
4594 \begin_layout Quotation
4595 Here's a new paragraph.
4596 I could ramble on and on, like a politician at election time.
4597 If I did that, though, you'd get bored.
4600 \begin_layout Standard
4601 As the examples show,
4605 is for those people who use extra space to separate paragraphs.
4606 They should put quotes in the
4611 Those who use indentation to mark a new paragraph should use the
4615 paragraph environment for quoted text.
4618 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4646 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4655 \begin_layout Standard
4660 is a paragraph environment for poetry, rhymes, verses, and so on.
4666 \begin_inset Newline newline
4669 Which I did not rehearse!
4673 It could be much worse.
4674 This line could be long, very long, oh so long, so very long that it wraps
4676 It looks okay on screen, but in the printed version, the extra lines are
4677 indented a bit more than the first.
4678 Okay, so it's turned to prose and doesn't rhyme anymore.
4684 \begin_inset Newline newline
4687 And make things look fine
4688 \begin_inset Newline newline
4698 \begin_layout Standard
4703 does not indent both margins.
4704 Each stanza of the verse or poem is in its own paragraph.
4705 To separate the individual lines of a stanza, use the
4716 \begin_layout Subsection
4721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4728 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4737 \begin_layout Standard
4738 LyX has four different paragraph environments for creating different kinds
4748 environments, LyX labels your list items with bullets or numbers, respectively.
4757 environments, LyX lets you provide your own label.
4758 We'll present the individual details of each type of list next after describing
4759 some general features of all four of them.
4762 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4766 \begin_layout Standard
4767 The four paragraph environments for lists differ from the other environments
4769 First, LyX treats each paragraph as a list item.
4778 reset the environment to
4782 but keeps the current environment and creates a new list item.
4783 The nesting depth is herby kept.
4784 If you want to keep the paragraph environment but reset the current nesting
4789 to break paragraphs.
4792 \begin_layout Standard
4793 You can nest lists of any type inside one another.
4794 In fact, LyX changes the labels on some list items depending on how it
4796 If you intend to use any of the list paragraph environments, we suggest
4797 you read all of section
4798 \begin_inset space ~
4802 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4804 reference "sec:Nesting"
4812 \begin_layout Subsubsection
4821 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4828 \begin_inset CommandInset label
4837 \begin_layout Standard
4838 The first type of list we'll describe in detail is the
4842 paragraph environment.
4843 It has the following properties:
4846 \begin_layout Itemize
4847 Each item has a particular bullet or symbol as its label.
4851 \begin_layout Itemize
4852 LyX uses the same symbol for all of the items in a given nesting level.
4855 \begin_layout Itemize
4856 The symbol appears at the beginning of the first line.
4860 \begin_layout Itemize
4861 The items can have any length.
4862 LyX automatically offsets the left margin of each item.
4863 The offset is always relative to whatever environment the
4870 \begin_layout Itemize
4875 environment inside another
4879 environment, the label changes to a new symbol.
4883 \begin_layout Itemize
4884 There are four different symbols for up to a four-fold nesting.
4887 \begin_layout Itemize
4888 LyX always shows the same symbol on screen.
4891 \begin_layout Itemize
4893 \begin_inset space ~
4897 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
4899 reference "sec:Nesting"
4903 for a full explanation of nesting.
4907 \begin_layout Standard
4908 Of course, that explanation was also an example of an
4917 environment is best suited for lists where the order doesn't matter.
4920 \begin_layout Standard
4921 We said that different levels use different symbols as their label.
4922 Here's an example of all four possible symbols.
4923 Note that those of you reading this manual within LyX won't see any difference.
4926 \begin_layout Itemize
4927 The label for the first level
4931 is a large black dot, or bullet.
4935 \begin_layout Itemize
4936 The label for the second level is a dash.
4940 \begin_layout Itemize
4941 The label for the third is an asterisk.
4945 \begin_layout Itemize
4946 The label for the fourth is a centered dot.
4950 \begin_layout Itemize
4951 Back out to the third level.
4955 \begin_layout Itemize
4956 Back to the second level.
4960 \begin_layout Itemize
4961 Back to the outermost level.
4964 \begin_layout Standard
4965 These are the default labels for an
4970 You can customize these labels in the
4972 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
4975 dialog in the submenu
4985 \begin_layout Plain Layout
4994 \begin_layout Standard
4995 Notice how the space between items decreases with increasing depth.
4996 We'll explain nesting and all the tricks you can do with different depths
4998 \begin_inset space ~
5002 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5004 reference "sec:Nesting"
5011 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5027 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5029 name "sec:Enumerate"
5036 \begin_layout Standard
5041 environment is used to create numbered lists and outlines.
5042 It has these properties:
5045 \begin_layout Enumerate
5046 Each item has a numeral as its label.
5050 \begin_layout Enumerate
5051 The type of numeral depends on the nesting depth.
5055 \begin_layout Enumerate
5056 LyX automatically counts the items for you and updates the label as appropriate.
5059 \begin_layout Enumerate
5064 environment resets the counter to one.
5067 \begin_layout Enumerate
5080 \begin_layout Enumerate
5081 Offsets the items relative to the left margin.
5082 Items can have any length.
5085 \begin_layout Enumerate
5086 Reduces the space between items as the nesting depth increases.
5089 \begin_layout Enumerate
5090 Uses different types of labels depending on the nesting depth.
5093 \begin_layout Enumerate
5094 Allows up to a four-fold nesting.
5098 \begin_layout Standard
5107 shows the different labels for each item in LyX.
5108 Here is how LyX labels the four different levels in an
5115 \begin_layout Enumerate
5116 The first level of an
5120 uses Arabic numerals followed by a period.
5124 \begin_layout Enumerate
5125 The second level uses lower case letters surrounded by parentheses.
5129 \begin_layout Enumerate
5130 The third level uses lower-case Roman numerals followed by a period.
5134 \begin_layout Enumerate
5135 The fourth level uses capital letters followed by a period.
5138 \begin_layout Enumerate
5139 Again, notice the decrease in the spacing between items as the nesting depth
5144 \begin_layout Enumerate
5145 Back to the third level
5149 \begin_layout Enumerate
5150 Back to the second level.
5154 \begin_layout Enumerate
5155 Back to the outermost level.
5158 \begin_layout Standard
5159 Once again, you can customize the type of numbering used in the
5164 It involves adding commands to the LaTeX preamble (see the
5169 As stated earlier, such customization only shows up in the printed version,
5173 \begin_layout Standard
5174 There is more to nesting
5178 environments than we've stated here.
5179 You should read section
5180 \begin_inset space ~
5184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5186 reference "sec:Nesting"
5190 to learn more about nesting.
5193 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5202 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5209 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5211 name "sec:Description-List"
5218 \begin_layout Standard
5219 Unlike the previous two environments, the
5223 list has no fixed label.
5224 Instead, LyX uses the first
5225 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5229 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5232 of the first line as the label.
5236 \begin_layout Description
5237 Example: This is an example of the
5244 \begin_layout Standard
5245 LyX typesets the label in boldface and puts extra space between it and the
5249 \begin_layout Standard
5251 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5255 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5258 it is meant that the first hit of the
5262 key ends the label if you are at the beginning of the first line of an
5264 If you need to use more than one word in the label use a
5275 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5276 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5278 \begin_inset space ~
5284 \begin_inset space ~
5288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5290 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
5294 for more info.) Here is an example:
5297 \begin_layout Description
5299 \begin_inset space ~
5302 Example: This one shows how to use a
5305 \begin_inset space ~
5317 \begin_layout Description
5318 Usage: You should use the
5322 environment for things like definitions and theorems.
5323 Use it when you need to make one word in particular stand out in the text
5325 It's not a good idea to use a
5329 environment when you have an entire sentence that you want to describe.
5330 You're better off using
5342 paragraphs into them.
5345 \begin_layout Description
5346 Nesting: You can nest
5350 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5354 \begin_layout Standard
5355 Notice that after the first line, LyX indents subsequent lines, offsetting
5356 them from the first line.
5359 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5368 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5369 Lists ! Lyx@LyX list
5375 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5384 \begin_layout Standard
5389 environment is a LyX extension to LaTeX.
5393 \begin_layout Standard
5402 environment has user-defined labels for each list item.
5403 There are the following properties of this list environment:
5406 \begin_layout Labeling
5407 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5409 \begin_inset space ~
5412 labels LyX uses the first
5413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5420 of each line as the item label.
5425 after the beginning of the first line of an item marks the end of the label.
5426 If you need to use more than one word in an item label, use a protected
5427 blank as described above.
5430 \begin_layout Labeling
5431 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5432 margins As you can see, LyX uses different margins for the item label and
5433 the body of the item text.
5434 The body of the text has a larger left margin, which is equal to the default
5435 label width plus a little extra space.
5439 \begin_layout Labeling
5440 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5442 \begin_inset space ~
5445 width LyX uses the width of the label, or the default width, whatever is
5447 If the label width is larger, the label
5448 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5452 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5455 into the first line.
5456 In other words, the text of the first line isn't aligned with the left
5457 margin of the rest of the item text.
5460 \begin_layout Labeling
5461 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5463 \begin_inset space ~
5466 width You can set the default label width to ensure that the text of all
5471 environment have the same left margin.
5472 \begin_inset Newline newline
5475 To change the default width, select all items in the list.
5478 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5480 \begin_inset space ~
5489 \begin_inset space ~
5494 determines the default label width.
5495 You can use the text of your largest label here, but you can also use the
5497 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5501 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5504 multiple times instead.
5505 The M is the widest character and is a standard unit of widths in LaTeX.
5507 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5511 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5514 as the unit of width you don't need to keep changing the contents of
5517 \begin_inset space ~
5522 every time you alter a label in a
5527 \begin_inset Newline newline
5530 The predefined default width is the length of
5531 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5535 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5540 \begin_inset Newline newline
5544 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
5547 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5552 Setting the cursor into a list item to change only its label width will
5553 only change the width inside LyX but not in the output.
5561 \begin_layout Standard
5566 environment the same way like the
5570 list: When you need one word to stand out from the text that describes
5576 environment gives you another way to do this, using a different overall
5580 \begin_layout Standard
5585 environments inside one another, nest them in other types of lists, and
5587 They work just like the other list paragraph environments.
5589 \begin_inset space ~
5593 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5595 reference "sec:Nesting"
5599 to learn about nesting.
5602 \begin_layout Standard
5603 There is yet another feature of the
5607 environment: As you can see in the examples, LyX left-justifies the item
5609 You can use additional
5613 to change how LyX justifies the item label.
5618 are documented in section
5619 \begin_inset space ~
5623 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
5625 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
5630 Here are some examples:
5633 \begin_layout Labeling
5634 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5635 Left The default for
5642 \begin_layout Labeling
5643 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5644 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5651 at the beginning of the label right justifies it.
5654 \begin_layout Labeling
5655 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
5656 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5660 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
5667 at the beginning of the label and one at the end centers it.
5670 \begin_layout Subsection
5675 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5684 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5692 \begin_inset space ~
5700 \begin_layout Standard
5701 Although LyX has document classes for letters, we've also created two paragraph
5709 \begin_inset space ~
5715 To use the letter class, you need to use specific paragraph environments
5716 in a specific order, otherwise LaTeX gags on the document.
5717 In contrast, you can use the
5724 \begin_inset space ~
5729 paragraph environments anywhere with no problem.
5730 You can even nest them inside other environments, though you can't nest
5734 \begin_layout Standard
5735 Of course, you're not limited to using
5742 \begin_inset space ~
5751 \begin_inset space ~
5756 , in particular, is useful for creating article titles like those used in
5757 some European academic papers.
5760 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5762 \begin_inset CommandInset label
5764 name "sec:Address-Usage"
5771 \begin_layout Standard
5776 environment formats text in the style of an address, which is also used
5777 for the opening and signature in some countries.
5781 \begin_inset space ~
5786 environment formats text in the style of a right-justified address, which
5787 is used for the sender's address and today's date in some countries.
5788 Here's an example of each:
5791 \begin_layout Right Address
5793 \begin_inset Newline newline
5797 \begin_inset Newline newline
5801 \begin_inset Newline newline
5804 When is it? What is today?
5807 \begin_layout Standard
5811 \begin_inset space ~
5817 Notice that the lines all have the same left margin, which LyX sets to
5818 fit the largest block of text on a single line.
5819 Here's an example of the
5826 \begin_layout Address
5828 \begin_inset Newline newline
5831 Where do I send this
5832 \begin_inset Newline newline
5835 Your post office and country
5838 \begin_layout Standard
5839 As you can see, both
5846 \begin_inset space ~
5851 add extra space between themselves and the next paragraph.
5856 in either of these environments, LyX resets the nesting depth and sets
5862 This makes sense, since
5870 function, and the individual lines of an address are not paragraphs.
5871 Thus, you have to use
5882 \begin_inset space ~
5885 Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
5887 \begin_inset space ~
5896 menu) to start a new line in an
5903 \begin_inset space ~
5911 \begin_layout Subsection
5915 \begin_layout Standard
5916 Most academic writing begins with an abstract and ends with a bibliography
5917 or list of references.
5918 LyX contains paragraph environments for both of these.
5921 \begin_layout Subsubsection
5928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
5937 \begin_layout Standard
5942 environment is used for the abstract of an article.
5943 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
5944 only use it at the beginning of the document, after the title.
5945 Also, don't bother trying to nest
5949 in anything else or vice versa.
5955 environment is only useful in the article and report document classes.
5956 The book document classes ignores the
5960 completely, and it's utterly silly to use
5964 in a letter document class.
5967 \begin_layout Standard
5972 environment does several things for you.
5973 First, it puts the centered label
5974 \begin_inset Quotes eld
5978 \begin_inset Quotes erd
5982 The label and the text of the abstract are separated by some extra vertical
5984 Second, it typesets everything in a smaller font, just as you'd expect.
5985 Lastly, it adds a bit of extra vertical space between the abstract and
5986 the subsequent text.
5987 Well, that's how it will appear on the LyX screen.
5988 The appearance in the output depends on the used article or report class.
5991 \begin_layout Standard
5992 Starting a new paragraph by hitting
5996 does not reset the paragraph environment.
5997 The new paragraph will still be in the
6002 So, you will have to change the paragraph environment yourself when you
6003 finish entering the abstract of your document.
6006 \begin_layout Standard
6007 \begin_inset Float figure
6012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6014 \begin_inset Graphics
6015 filename clipart/Abstract.pdf
6023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6024 \begin_inset Caption
6026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6027 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6029 name "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6050 \begin_layout Standard
6051 We'd love to give you directly an example of the
6055 environment, but since this document is in the
6056 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6060 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6063 class, we can't do this.
6064 We inserted it therefore as figure
6065 \begin_inset space ~
6069 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6071 reference "cap:Paragraph-in-the"
6076 If you've never heard of an
6077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6084 before, you can safely ignore this environment.
6087 \begin_layout Subsubsection
6096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6103 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6105 name "sub:Biblio_environment"
6112 \begin_layout Standard
6117 environment is used to list references.
6118 Technically, you could use this environment anywhere, but you really should
6119 only use it at the end of the document.
6124 in anything else or vice versa won't work.
6127 \begin_layout Standard
6128 When you first open a
6132 environment, LyX add a large vertical space, followed by the heading
6133 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6137 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6141 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6145 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6148 depending on the document class.
6149 The heading is in a large boldface font.
6150 Each paragraph of the
6154 environment is a bibliography entry.
6159 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6160 Each new paragraph is still in the
6167 \begin_layout Standard
6168 For a detailed description of LyX's bibliography handling, have a look at
6170 \begin_inset space ~
6174 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6176 reference "sec:Bibliography"
6183 \begin_layout Subsection
6190 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6191 Paragraph ! LyX code
6197 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6206 \begin_layout Standard
6211 environment is another LyX extension.
6212 It type-sets text in a typewriter-style font.
6217 key as a fixed whitespace;
6221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6233 \begin_inset space ~
6238 instead of an end-of-word marker.
6243 this is the only case in which you can type multiple whitespaces in LyX.
6244 If you need to insert blank lines, you'll still need to use
6262 does not reset the paragraph environment.
6263 So, when you finish using the
6267 environment, you'll need to change the paragraph environment yourself.
6268 Also, you can nest the
6272 environment inside of others.
6275 \begin_layout Standard
6276 There are a few quirks with this environment:
6279 \begin_layout Itemize
6284 at the beginning of a new paragraph (i.e.
6296 \begin_layout Itemize
6309 \begin_layout Itemize
6314 to begin a new paragraph, then you can use a
6321 \begin_layout Itemize
6330 \begin_layout Itemize
6331 You can't have an empty paragraph or an empty line.
6332 You must put at least one
6336 in any line you want blank.
6337 Otherwise, LaTeX generates errors.
6340 \begin_layout Itemize
6341 You cannot get the typewriter double quotes by typing
6345 since that will insert
6350 You get the typewriter double quotes with
6358 if you use Emacs-like key bindings).
6361 \begin_layout Standard
6365 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6369 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6373 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6377 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6381 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6382 printf("Hello World!
6387 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6391 \begin_layout LyX-Code
6395 \begin_layout Standard
6396 This is just the standard
6397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6408 \begin_layout Standard
6413 has one purpose: to typeset code, such as program source, shell scripts,
6414 rc-files, and so on.
6415 Use it only in those very special cases where you need to generate text
6416 as if you used a typewriter.
6420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6421 Paragraph environments|)
6429 \begin_layout Section
6430 Nesting Environments
6434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6435 Nesting ! Environments
6441 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6450 \begin_layout Subsection
6454 \begin_layout Standard
6455 LyX treats text as a unified block with a particular context and specific
6457 This allows you to create blocks that inherits some of the properties of
6459 For example you have three main points in an outline, but point #2 also
6461 In other words, you have a list inside of another list, with the inner
6463 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6467 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6473 \begin_layout Enumerate
6477 \begin_layout Enumerate
6482 \begin_layout Enumerate
6486 \begin_layout Enumerate
6491 \begin_layout Enumerate
6495 \begin_layout Standard
6496 You put a list inside of a list by nesting one list inside the other.
6497 Nesting an environment is quite simple: Select
6500 \begin_inset space ~
6504 \begin_inset space ~
6512 \begin_inset space ~
6516 \begin_inset space ~
6525 menu to change the nesting depth of the current paragraph (the status bar
6526 will tell you how far you are nested).
6527 Instead of the menu, you can also use the toolbar buttons
6528 \begin_inset Graphics
6529 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
6534 \begin_inset Graphics
6535 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
6539 or the convenient key bindings
6547 to change the nesting level.
6548 The change will work on the current selection if you have made one (allowing
6549 you to change the nesting of several paragraphs at once), or the current
6553 \begin_layout Standard
6554 Note that LyX only changes the nesting depth if it can.
6555 If it's invalid to do so, nothing happens if you try to change the depth.
6556 Additionally, if you change the depth of one paragraph, it affects the
6557 depth of every paragraph nested inside of it.
6560 \begin_layout Standard
6561 Nesting isn't limited to lists.
6562 In LyX, you can nest just about anything inside anything else, as you're
6564 This is the real power of nesting paragraph environments.
6567 \begin_layout Subsection
6568 What You Can and Can't Nest
6571 \begin_layout Standard
6572 Before we fire a list of paragraph environments at you, we need to tell
6573 you a little bit more about how nesting works.
6576 \begin_layout Standard
6577 The question if nesting a paragraph environment is possible, is a bit more
6578 complicated than a simple yes or no.
6579 There are three types of paragraph environments:
6582 \begin_layout Itemize
6583 Completely unnestable
6586 \begin_layout Itemize
6587 Fully nestable, you can nest them inside of things and you can also nest
6588 other things inside of them.
6591 \begin_layout Itemize
6592 A third type, you can nest them into other environments, but you can't nest
6596 \begin_layout Standard
6597 Here's a list of the three types of nesting behavior, and which paragraph
6598 environments have them:
6601 \begin_layout Description
6602 Unnestable Can't nest them.
6603 Can't nest into them.
6607 \begin_layout Itemize
6613 \begin_layout Itemize
6619 \begin_layout Itemize
6625 \begin_layout Itemize
6631 \begin_layout Itemize
6638 \begin_layout Description
6640 \begin_inset space ~
6643 Nestable You can nest them.
6644 You can nest other things into them.
6648 \begin_layout Itemize
6654 \begin_layout Itemize
6660 \begin_layout Itemize
6666 \begin_layout Itemize
6672 \begin_layout Itemize
6678 \begin_layout Itemize
6684 \begin_layout Itemize
6690 \begin_layout Itemize
6697 \begin_layout Description
6698 Nestable-Inside You can nest them inside of other things.
6699 You can't nest anything into them.
6703 \begin_layout Itemize
6709 \begin_layout Itemize
6715 \begin_layout Itemize
6721 \begin_layout Itemize
6727 \begin_layout Itemize
6733 \begin_layout Itemize
6739 \begin_layout Itemize
6745 \begin_layout Itemize
6751 \begin_layout Itemize
6757 \begin_layout Itemize
6763 \begin_layout Itemize
6769 \begin_layout Itemize
6775 \begin_layout Itemize
6781 \begin_layout Itemize
6785 \begin_inset space ~
6791 \begin_layout Itemize
6798 \begin_layout Standard
6799 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6807 Although it is possible to nest numbered section headings like
6816 \begin_inset space ~
6820 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
6824 \begin_inset space ~
6827 lists, it is highly recommended not to do this.
6828 Because the aim is to create well structured documents following usual
6829 guidelines of typesetting, but nested section headings violates them.
6837 \begin_layout Subsection
6838 Nesting Other Things: Tables, Math, Floats, etc.
6842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6843 Nesting ! Tables etc.
6849 \begin_inset CommandInset label
6851 name "sec:table-and-fig-nesting"
6858 \begin_layout Standard
6859 There are several things that aren't paragraph environments, but which are
6860 affected by nesting anyhow.
6864 \begin_layout Itemize
6868 \begin_layout Itemize
6872 \begin_layout Itemize
6876 \begin_layout Standard
6878 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
6881 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6886 Figures and tables in
6890 are not affected by this.
6895 Have a look at section
6896 \begin_inset space ~
6900 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
6902 reference "sec:Floats"
6906 for more informations about
6913 \begin_layout Standard
6914 LyX can treat these three objects as either a word or as a paragraph.
6915 If a figure, table, or an equation is inline, it goes wherever the paragraph
6919 \begin_layout Standard
6920 On the other hand, if you have an equation, figure or table in a
6921 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6925 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6928 of its own, it behaves just like a
6929 \begin_inset Quotes eld
6933 \begin_inset Quotes erd
6936 paragraph environment.
6937 You can nest it into any environment, but you obviously can't nest anything
6941 \begin_layout Standard
6942 Here's an example with a table:
6945 \begin_layout Enumerate
6950 \begin_layout Enumerate
6951 This is (a) and it's nested.
6955 \begin_layout Standard
6956 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
6962 \begin_layout Standard
6964 \begin_inset Tabular
6965 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
6967 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6968 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
6970 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
6973 \begin_layout Plain Layout
6988 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
6991 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7052 \begin_layout Standard
7053 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7060 \begin_layout Enumerate
7062 The table is actually nested inside (a).
7066 \begin_layout Enumerate
7070 \begin_layout Standard
7071 If we hadn't nested the table at all, the list would look like this:
7074 \begin_layout Enumerate
7079 \begin_layout Enumerate
7080 This is (a) and it's nested.
7084 \begin_layout Standard
7085 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7091 \begin_layout Standard
7093 \begin_inset Tabular
7094 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7096 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7097 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7155 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7158 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7181 \begin_layout Standard
7182 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7188 \begin_layout Enumerate
7195 In fact, it's not nested at all.
7198 \begin_layout Enumerate
7202 \begin_layout Standard
7203 Notice how item (b) is not only no longer nested, but is also the first
7207 \begin_layout Standard
7208 There's another trap you can fall into: Nesting the table, but not going
7210 LyX then turns anything after the table into a new sublist.
7213 \begin_layout Enumerate
7218 \begin_layout Enumerate
7219 This is (a) and it's nested.
7222 \begin_layout Standard
7223 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7229 \begin_layout Standard
7231 \begin_inset Tabular
7232 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
7234 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7235 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
7237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7275 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
7278 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7293 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
7296 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7319 \begin_layout Standard
7320 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
7326 \begin_layout Enumerate
7328 The table is actually nested inside Item One, but
7336 \begin_layout Enumerate
7340 \begin_layout Standard
7341 As you can see, item (b) turned into the first item of a new list, but a
7347 The same thing would have happened to a figure or an equation.
7348 So, if you nest tables, figures or equations, make sure you go to the right
7352 \begin_layout Subsection
7353 Usage and General Features
7354 \begin_inset CommandInset label
7356 name "sub:Nesting-Usage"
7363 \begin_layout Standard
7364 Speaking of levels, LyX can perform up to a six-fold nesting.
7366 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7370 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7373 is the innermost possible depth.
7374 Here's an example to display what we mean:
7377 \begin_layout Enumerate
7378 level #1 - outermost
7382 \begin_layout Enumerate
7387 \begin_layout Enumerate
7392 \begin_layout Enumerate
7397 \begin_layout Itemize
7402 \begin_layout Itemize
7411 \begin_layout Standard
7412 There are two exceptions to the six-fold nesting limit, and you can see
7413 both of them in the example.
7414 Unlike the other fully-nestable environments, you can only perform a four-fold
7424 For example, if we tried to nest another
7429 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7433 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7439 \begin_layout Subsection
7444 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7453 \begin_layout Standard
7454 The best way to explain just what you can do with nesting is by illustration.
7455 We have several examples of nested environments.
7456 In them, we explain how we created the example, so that you can reproduce
7460 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7461 Example 1: The Six-fold Way and Mixed Nesting
7464 \begin_layout Labeling
7465 \labelwidthstring MMM
7466 #1-a This is the outermost level.
7475 \begin_layout Labeling
7476 \labelwidthstring MMM
7477 #2-a This is level #2.
7478 We created it by using
7490 \begin_layout Labeling
7491 \labelwidthstring MMM
7492 #3-a This is level #3.
7493 This time, we just hit
7502 We could have also created it the same way as we did the previous level,
7515 \begin_layout Standard
7520 environment, nested inside of
7521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7529 So, it's at level #4.
7530 We did this by hitting
7538 , then changing the paragraph environment to
7543 Do this to create list items with more than one paragraph - it also works
7559 \begin_layout Standard
7564 paragraph, also at level #4, made with just a
7571 \begin_layout Labeling
7572 \labelwidthstring MMM
7573 #4-a This is level #4.
7578 and changed the paragraph environment back to
7583 Remember - we can't nest anything inside of a
7587 environment, which is why we're still at level #4.
7592 keep nesting things inside of
7593 \begin_inset Quotes eld
7597 \begin_inset Quotes erd
7604 \begin_layout Labeling
7605 \labelwidthstring MMM
7606 #5-a This is level #5\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7611 \begin_layout Labeling
7612 \labelwidthstring MMM
7613 #6-a \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7614 and this is level #6.
7615 By now, you should know how we made these two.
7619 \begin_layout Labeling
7620 \labelwidthstring MMM
7621 #5-b Back to level #5.
7634 \begin_layout Labeling
7635 \labelwidthstring MMM
7644 , we're back at level #4.
7648 \begin_layout Labeling
7649 \labelwidthstring MMM
7650 #3-b Back to level #3.
7651 By now it should be obvious how we did this.
7655 \begin_layout Labeling
7656 \labelwidthstring MMM
7657 #2-b Back to level #2.
7662 \begin_layout Labeling
7663 \labelwidthstring MMM
7664 #1-b And last, back to the outermost level, #1.
7665 After this sentence, we'll hit
7669 and change the paragraph environment back to
7676 \begin_layout Standard
7677 We could have also used the
7693 environment in place of the
7698 The example would have worked exactly the same.
7701 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7702 Example 2: Inheritance
7705 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7706 This is the LyX-Code environment, at level #1, the outermost
7709 \begin_layout LyX-Code
7719 , after which, we'll change to the
7727 \begin_layout Enumerate
7732 environment, at level #2.
7735 \begin_layout Enumerate
7736 Notice how the nested
7740 not only inherits its margins from its parent environment (
7744 ), but also inherits its font and spacing!
7748 \begin_layout Standard
7749 We ended this example by hitting
7754 After that, we needed to reset the paragraph environment to
7758 and resetting the nesting depth by using
7765 \begin_layout Subsubsection
7766 Example 3: Labels, Levels, and the
7778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
7779 Example #3: Labels, Levels and other list environments
7787 \begin_layout Enumerate
7788 This is level #1, in an
7792 paragraph environment.
7793 We're actually going to nest a bunch of these.
7797 \begin_layout Enumerate
7808 Now, what happens if we nest an
7812 environment inside of this one? It will be at level #3, but what will its
7813 label be? An asterisk?
7817 \begin_layout Itemize
7827 environment, even though it's at level #3.
7828 So, its label is a bullet.
7829 (We got here by using
7837 , then changing the environment to
7845 \begin_layout Itemize
7846 Here's level #4, produced using
7855 We'll do that again\SpecialChar \ldots{}
7860 \begin_layout Enumerate
7861 \SpecialChar \ldots{}
7863 This time, however, we also changed the paragraph environment back to
7868 Notice the type of numbering, it is
7872 , because we are in the
7896 \begin_layout Enumerate
7901 change the paragraph environment, but decrease the nesting depth? What
7902 type of numbering does LyX use?
7905 \begin_layout Enumerate
7906 Oh, as if you couldn't guess by now, we're just using
7910 to keep the current environment and depth but create a new item.
7913 \begin_layout Enumerate
7918 to decrease the depth after the next
7926 \begin_layout Enumerate
7928 Look what type of label LyX is using!
7932 \begin_layout Enumerate
7934 Even though we've changed levels, LyX is still using a lowercase Roman
7935 numeral as the label.Why?
7938 \begin_layout Enumerate
7939 Because, even though the nesting depth has changed, the paragraph is
7948 Notice, however, that LyX
7952 reset the counter for the label.
7956 \begin_layout Enumerate
7965 sequence, and we're back to level #2.
7966 This time, we not only changed the nesting depth, but we also moved back
7967 into the twofold-nested
7975 \begin_layout Enumerate
7976 The same thing happens if we do another
7984 sequence and return to level #1, the outermost level.
7987 \begin_layout Standard
7988 Lastly, we reset the environment to
7993 As you can see, the level number doesn't correspond to what type of labeling
8007 environments surrounding it determines what kind of label LyX uses for
8013 The same rule applies for the
8017 environment, as well.
8020 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8021 Example 4: Going Bonkers
8024 \begin_layout Enumerate
8025 We're going to go totally nuts now.
8026 We won't nest as deep as in the other examples, nor will we go into the
8027 same detail with how we did it.
8036 \begin_layout Standard
8039 Return, S-M-Right, Standard
8041 : level #2) We'll stick an encapsulated description of how we created the
8042 example in parentheses someplace.
8043 For example, the two keybindings are how we changed the depth.
8044 The environment name is the name of the current environment.
8045 Either before or after this, we'll put in the level.
8049 \begin_layout Enumerate
8054 : level #1) This is the next item in the list.
8059 Now we'll add verse.
8060 \begin_inset Newline newline
8063 It will get much worse.
8064 \begin_inset Newline newline
8069 Return, S-M-Right, Verse
8075 Fiddle dee, Fiddle doo.
8076 \begin_inset Newline newline
8079 Bippitey boppitey boo!
8080 \begin_inset Newline newline
8093 \begin_layout Standard
8094 \begin_inset VSpace 0.3cm
8100 \begin_layout Standard
8102 \begin_inset Tabular
8103 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
8105 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8106 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
8108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
8111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
8149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8164 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8167 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8194 M-Return, Table, S-M-Right
8198 M-Return, Verse, S-M-Left
8204 \begin_layout Enumerate
8209 : level #1) This is another item.
8210 Note that selecting a
8214 resets the nesting depth to level #1, so we increased the nesting depth
8215 3 times to put the table inside the
8223 \begin_layout Quotation
8224 We're now ending the
8228 list and changing to
8233 We're still at level #1.
8234 We want to show you some of the things you can do by mixing environments.
8235 The next set of paragraphs is a
8236 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8240 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8250 \begin_inset space ~
8255 environments inside of this one, then use another nested
8259 for the letter body.
8264 to preserve the depth.
8265 Remember that you need to use
8269 to create multiple lines inside the
8276 \begin_inset space ~
8286 \begin_layout Right Address
8288 \begin_inset Newline newline
8291 Moosegroin, MT 00100
8292 \begin_inset Newline newline
8298 \begin_layout Address
8300 \begin_inset space ~
8306 \begin_layout Quotation
8307 We regret to inform you that we cannot fill your order for 50
8308 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
8311 L of compressed methane gas due to circumstances beyond our control.
8312 Unfortunately, several of our cows have mysteriously exploded, creating
8313 a backlog in our orders for methane.
8314 We will place your name on the waiting list and try to fill your order
8315 as soon as possible.
8316 In the meantime, we thank you for your patience.
8319 \begin_layout Quotation
8320 We do, however, now have a special on beef.
8321 If you are interested, please return the enclosed pricing and order form
8322 with your order, along with payment.
8325 \begin_layout Quotation
8326 We thank you again for your patience.
8329 \begin_layout Address
8331 \begin_inset Newline newline
8338 \begin_layout Quotation
8339 That ends that example!
8342 \begin_layout Standard
8343 As you can see, nesting environments in LyX gives you a lot of power with
8344 just a few keystrokes.
8345 We could have easily nested an
8366 You have a huge variety of options at your disposal.
8369 \begin_layout Section
8370 Spacing, pagination and line breaks
8374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8383 \begin_layout Standard
8384 What is a space? While you might be used to press the space key anytime
8385 you want to separate two words in ordinary word processors, LyX offers
8386 you more spaces: Spaces of different width and spaces which can or cannot
8387 be broken at the end of a line.
8388 The following sections will show you some examples where those spaces are
8392 \begin_layout Subsection
8394 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8396 name "sub:Protected-Space"
8404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8413 \begin_layout Standard
8414 The protected space: It is used to tell LyX (and LaTeX) not to break the
8416 This may be necessary to avoid unlucky linebreaks, like in:
8420 Further documentation is given in section
8421 \begin_inset Newline newline
8425 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8427 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8435 \begin_layout Standard
8436 Obviously, it would be a good thing to put a protected space between
8437 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8441 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8445 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8449 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8451 reference "sec:Bibliography"
8456 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8460 A protected space is set with
8462 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8463 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8467 \begin_inset space ~
8481 \begin_layout Subsection
8483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8485 name "sub:Horizontal-Space"
8493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8494 Spacing ! Horizontal
8502 \begin_layout Standard
8503 All horizontal spaces can be inserted with the menu
8505 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8506 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8510 The length units are listed in Appendix
8511 \begin_inset space ~
8515 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8517 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
8524 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8526 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8528 name "sub:Inter-word-Space"
8536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8545 \begin_layout Standard
8547 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8551 \begin_inset space \space{}
8554 English) have the typographical convention to add extra space after an end-of-se
8555 ntence punctuation mark, and LyX honors those conventions (see section
8556 \begin_inset space ~
8560 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8562 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
8567 Sometimes, you want a normal space nevertheless.
8568 In this case, insert an inter-word space (shortcut
8575 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8577 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8579 name "sub:Thin-Space"
8587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8596 \begin_layout Standard
8598 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8602 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8605 is a blank which has half the size of a normal space (and it is also
8606 \begin_inset Quotes eld
8610 \begin_inset Quotes erd
8614 The typographical conventions in a lot of languages propose the use of
8615 thin spaces in cases where normal spaces would be too wide, for instance
8616 inside abbreviations:
8621 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8625 Knuth has developed our beloved typesetting program, i.
8626 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8630 \begin_inset space \space{}
8636 \begin_layout Standard
8637 or between values and units.
8638 Compare for example this:
8639 \begin_inset Newline newline
8643 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8647 \begin_inset Newline newline
8653 \begin_layout Standard
8654 You can insert thin spaces also with the menu
8656 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8657 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
8659 \begin_inset space ~
8671 \begin_layout Subsubsection
8673 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8675 name "sub:More-Spaces"
8682 \begin_layout Standard
8683 You can furthermore insert the following space types:
8686 \begin_layout Description
8688 \begin_inset space ~
8692 \begin_inset space ~
8696 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8700 \begin_inset space \negthinspace{}
8704 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8707 Negative thin space between the arrows.
8710 \begin_layout Description
8712 \begin_inset space ~
8716 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8720 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8724 \begin_inset space \enskip{}
8728 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8732 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8735 em) space between the arrows.
8738 \begin_layout Description
8740 \begin_inset space ~
8744 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8748 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8752 \begin_inset space \quad{}
8756 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8760 \begin_inset space ~
8764 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8767 em) space between the arrows.
8770 \begin_layout Description
8772 \begin_inset space ~
8776 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8780 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8784 \begin_inset space \qquad{}
8788 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8792 \begin_inset space ~
8796 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8799 em) space between the arrows.
8802 \begin_layout Description
8804 \begin_inset space ~
8808 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
8812 \begin_inset space \hspace{}
8817 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
8821 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8824 cm space between the arrows.
8827 \begin_layout Standard
8829 \begin_inset space ~
8833 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
8835 reference "tab:Width-of-the"
8839 lists the different space sizes.
8842 \begin_layout Standard
8843 \begin_inset Float table
8848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8850 \begin_inset Caption
8852 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8853 \begin_inset CommandInset label
8855 name "tab:Width-of-the"
8859 Width of the different horizontal spaces.
8867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8869 \begin_inset Tabular
8870 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="8" columns="2">
8872 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8873 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
8875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8899 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8902 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8908 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8911 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8913 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8937 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8961 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8980 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
8983 \begin_layout Plain Layout
8985 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
8995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
8998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9000 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9008 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9011 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9013 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9028 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9041 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9051 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
9054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9056 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9064 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
9067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9069 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9090 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9108 \begin_layout Standard
9109 Horizontal fills (HFills) are a special LyX feature for adding extra space
9110 in a uniform fashion.
9111 An HFill is actually a variable length space, whose length always equals
9112 the remaining space between the left and right margins.
9113 If there is more than one HFill on a line, they divide the available space
9114 equally between themselves.
9118 \begin_layout Standard
9119 Here a few examples what you can do with them:
9124 This is on the left side
9125 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9128 This is on the right
9134 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9138 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9147 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9151 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9155 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9161 \begin_layout Standard
9162 That was an example in the
9168 \begin_inset Formula $\to$
9172 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
9176 \begin_inset Formula $\gets$
9179 is one in a standard paragraph.
9180 It may or may not be apparent in the printed text, but it
9184 sitting in-between the two arrows.
9187 \begin_layout Standard
9188 HFills can be made visible when you choose one of the
9191 \begin_inset space ~
9196 in the space dialog: The following patterns are available:
9199 \begin_layout Standard
9201 \begin_inset space \dotfill{}
9205 \begin_inset space ~
9211 \begin_layout Standard
9213 \begin_inset space \hrulefill{}
9217 \begin_inset space ~
9223 \begin_layout Standard
9225 \begin_inset space \leftarrowfill{}
9229 \begin_inset space ~
9235 \begin_layout Standard
9237 \begin_inset space \rightarrowfill{}
9241 \begin_inset space ~
9247 \begin_layout Standard
9249 \begin_inset space \downbracefill{}
9253 \begin_inset space ~
9259 \begin_layout Standard
9261 \begin_inset space \upbracefill{}
9265 \begin_inset space ~
9271 \begin_layout Standard
9272 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9280 If an HFill is at the beginning of a line, and
9284 in the first line in a paragraph, LyX ignores it.
9285 This prevents HFills from accidentally being wrapped onto a new line.
9286 If you need space in this case anyway, set the
9290 option in the space dialog.
9298 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9312 \begin_layout Standard
9313 Sometimes you want to insert space with exactly the length of a phrase.
9315 you want to create the following multiple choice question:
9318 \begin_layout Standard
9319 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9322 What is correct English?:
9323 \begin_inset Newline newline
9327 \begin_inset Newline newline
9331 \begin_inset space ~
9334 Edge would have been jumps the gun.
9335 \begin_inset Newline newline
9342 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9353 \begin_inset Newline newline
9360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9371 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
9377 \begin_layout Standard
9378 So that the choices appear exactly after the phrase
9379 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9383 \begin_inset space ~
9387 \begin_inset space ~
9391 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9395 To get this, you can use the LaTeX-command
9405 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9407 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
9411 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9413 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
9417 for more information about TeX-Code.
9423 In our case write the command
9430 (note the space after
9431 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9435 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9438 ) at the beginning of the last two lines.
9439 The command prints out the phrase within the the two braces, but invisible.
9440 That is why it is named
9441 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9445 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9453 There exists also the commands
9465 , but this too special for the LyX Userguide.
9466 If you are interested in knowing more about this, have a look at
9467 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
9469 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
9481 \begin_layout Subsection
9483 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9485 name "sub:Vertical-Space"
9493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9502 \begin_layout Standard
9503 To add extra vertical space above or below a paragraph, use the
9505 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9506 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9508 \begin_inset space ~
9514 There you find the following sizes:
9517 \begin_layout Standard
9530 are LaTeX sizes which depends on the font size of the document.
9535 is the skip adjusted in the dialog
9537 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9542 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9550 for the paragraph separation.
9551 If you use indentation to separate paragraphs
9562 \begin_layout Standard
9571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9577 is a variable space, set so that the space is maximal within one page.
9578 An example: You have only two short paragraphs on one page with a vfill
9580 Then the first paragraph is placed at the top of the page and the second
9581 one at the bottom, because the space between them is then maximal.
9590 s: they fill the remaining vertical space on a page with blank space.
9594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9599 s are described in section
9600 \begin_inset space ~
9604 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9606 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
9615 If there are several
9619 s on a page, they divide the remaining vertical space equally between themselves.
9620 You can therefore use
9624 s to center text on a page, or even place text 2/3 down a page.
9627 \begin_layout Standard
9632 are custom spaces in units explained in Appendix
9633 \begin_inset space ~
9637 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9639 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
9646 \begin_layout Standard
9647 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
9650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9657 When the extra vertical space would be in the output at the top/bottom of
9658 a page, the space is only added if you have also checked the option
9670 \begin_layout Subsection
9674 \begin_layout Standard
9675 You can change the paragraph alignment with the
9677 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9681 There are four possibilities:
9684 \begin_layout Itemize
9690 \begin_layout Itemize
9696 \begin_layout Itemize
9702 \begin_layout Itemize
9708 \begin_layout Standard
9709 The default in most cases is justified alignment, in which the inter-word
9710 spacing is variable and each line of a paragraph fills the region between
9711 the left and right margins.
9712 The other three alignments should be self-explanatory, and look like this:
9715 \begin_layout Standard
9717 This paragraph is right aligned,
9720 \begin_layout Standard
9722 this one is centered,
9725 \begin_layout Standard
9727 this one is left aligned.
9730 \begin_layout Subsection
9735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9742 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9744 name "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
9751 \begin_layout Standard
9752 If you don't like the way LaTeX does the pagebreaks in your document, you
9753 can force a pagebreak where you want one.
9754 Normally this will not be necessary, because LaTeX is good at pagebreaking.
9755 Only if you use many
9759 , LaTeX's page breaking algorithm can fail.
9762 \begin_layout Standard
9763 We recommend not to use forced pagebreaks until the text is finished, and
9764 until you have checked in the preview to see if you
9768 have to change the pagebreaking.
9771 \begin_layout Standard
9772 There are two types of pagebreaks: One that ends the page without any special
9774 This can be inserted above or below a paragraph via the menu
9776 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9777 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9779 \begin_inset space ~
9785 The second type, that is inserted via the menu
9787 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9788 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9790 \begin_inset space ~
9795 , ends a page but stretches the content of the page, so that it fills out
9797 This type is useful to avoid whitespace when a pagebreak produces a page
9798 on which only the last few lines are absent.
9801 \begin_layout Standard
9802 You might try to use a pagebreak to ensure that a figure or table appears
9803 at the top of a page.
9804 This is, of course, the wrong way to do it.
9805 LyX gives you a way of automatically ensuring that your figures and tables
9806 appear at the top of a page (or the bottom, or on their own page) without
9807 having to worry about what precedes or follows your figure or table.
9809 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9811 reference "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
9822 \begin_layout Subsubsection
9824 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9826 name "sub:Clear-Pages"
9834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9843 \begin_layout Standard
9844 Differently to forced pagebreaks where the content behind the break is directly
9845 placed at the next page, pages can also be cleared while breaking them.
9846 That means that the current paragraph is terminated and all, perhaps not
9847 yet processed floats from previous document parts are placed behind it,
9848 if necessary by adding pages.
9851 \begin_layout Standard
9852 You can insert a clear pagebreak with the menu
9854 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9855 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9857 \begin_inset space ~
9863 When you have a two-sided document like a book, you can use the menu
9865 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9866 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9868 \begin_inset space ~
9872 \begin_inset space ~
9877 to insert a clear pagebreak that assures that the next page is a right-hand
9878 page (odd-numbered), if necessary by adding a page.
9881 \begin_layout Subsection
9886 \begin_layout Plain Layout
9893 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9895 name "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
9902 \begin_layout Standard
9903 Similar to pagebreaks there are two types of linebreaks: One that simply
9905 You can force this line break within a paragraph by selecting
9907 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9908 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9910 \begin_inset space ~
9914 \begin_inset space ~
9924 Another type that is inserted via the menu
9926 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9927 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
9929 \begin_inset space ~
9933 \begin_inset space ~
9938 breaks the line and stretches it so that it fills out the whole space between
9940 This is necessary to avoid
9941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
9945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
9948 in justified paragraphs due to whitespace introduced by linebreaks.
9951 \begin_layout Standard
9952 You shouldn't use forced linebreaks to correct LaTeX's linebreaking, as
9953 LaTeX is very good at linebreaking.
9954 There are, however, a number of situations where it is necessary to actively
9955 set a linebreak, e.g.
9956 in a poem or for an address (see sections
9957 \begin_inset space ~
9961 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9963 reference "sec:Quote"
9968 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9970 reference "sec:Verse"
9975 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
9977 reference "sec:Address-Usage"
9984 \begin_layout Subsection
9986 \begin_inset CommandInset label
9988 name "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
9996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10005 \begin_layout Standard
10010 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10011 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10013 \begin_inset space ~
10018 you can insert horizontal lines that spans over the whole document columns
10024 \begin_layout Section
10025 Characters and Symbols
10028 \begin_layout Standard
10029 You can directly enter all characters that are available on your keyboard.
10030 You can also use special keyboard maps to be able to enter e.
10031 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10035 \begin_inset space ~
10038 characters needed for French with an English keyboard.
10040 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10044 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10046 reference "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
10050 for informations how this is done.
10053 \begin_layout Standard
10054 For the case where you need a character that is not on your keyboard, you
10059 dialog via the menu
10061 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10062 Special Character\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10068 \begin_layout Standard
10069 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10077 Maybe not all symbols inserted with the symbols dialog can be displayed
10078 when you are using a special screen font in LyX's preferences.
10079 But the inserted symbols will in every case be displayed in the output.
10087 \begin_layout Section
10088 Fonts and Text Styles
10089 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10091 name "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
10098 \begin_layout Subsection
10103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10112 \begin_layout Standard
10113 There are two types of fonts:
10116 \begin_layout Description
10118 \begin_inset space ~
10125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10131 are fonts, built from outlines of the single glyphs (i.e.
10132 characters) in the font.
10133 This means that each glyph is defined using mathematical curves that are
10134 well suited for scaling to any requested size.
10135 This mathematical definition is interpreted by the font renderer and the
10136 curve is filled out with pixels according to the size and glyph.
10137 This means that outline fonts will look pretty good in all sizes.
10138 Only at very small sizes it might be hard to provide a good rendering at
10139 very small sizes, where each pixel has to be very carefully computed to
10140 provide a good image.
10141 \begin_inset Newline newline
10144 One could mean that one only needs to define one font size and scale them.
10145 But to achieve a better quality, many fonts define several font sizes.
10146 That improves the appearance, because you need more details at large font
10147 sizes than at small ones.
10148 \begin_inset Newline newline
10162 \begin_inset space ~
10170 \begin_layout Description
10172 \begin_inset space ~
10179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10185 on the other hand, are defined by bitmap graphics from the start, so they
10186 will look good at all the sizes they are meant for.
10187 However, they don't scale well, because in order to scale a glyph, each
10188 pixel is enlarged into several pixels.
10189 It is the same effect that happens if you try to enlarge a picture in a
10190 picture manipulation program.
10191 In order to relieve this effect, bitmap fonts are typically provided in
10192 several fixed sizes typically from around 8 pixels high up to 34 pixels
10193 or so high in steps according to what is believed to be useful.
10194 The advantage of bitmap fonts is that no complicated computations are necessary
10195 to display each glyph, so bitmap fonts are thus faster displayed than scalable
10197 The disadvantage is that sizes that don't exists as fixed versions have
10198 to be scaled by doubling pixels, and thus look bad.
10199 \begin_inset Newline newline
10202 Bitmap fonts are named
10205 \begin_inset space ~
10210 in PostScript- and PDF-documents.
10213 \begin_layout Standard
10214 The result of all this, is that bitmap fonts are best for the size they
10215 are designed for, while scalable fonts are good for nearly all sizes.
10216 So one need less font size definitions for scalable fonts.
10217 That's the reason why nearly all text render and typesetting programs use
10221 \begin_layout Standard
10222 To test which fonts are used in a PDF-document, you can have a look into
10223 its document properties.
10226 \begin_layout Standard
10227 Many modern typesetting and markup languages have begun to move towards
10228 specifying character styles rather than specifying a particular font.
10229 For example, instead of changing to an italicized version of the current
10230 font to emphasize text, you use an
10231 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10235 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10239 This concept fits in perfectly with LyX.
10240 In LyX, you do things based on contexts, rather than focusing on typesetting
10244 \begin_layout Subsection
10245 Document Font and Font size
10246 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10248 name "sub:Document-Font"
10256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10275 \begin_layout Standard
10276 You can set the document fonts in the
10278 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10285 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10286 Document ! Settings
10292 There you can specify which font should be used for the three different
10293 font shapes roman (serif),
10296 \begin_inset space ~
10308 \begin_layout Standard
10309 The possible options for the font include
10313 and a list of fonts available on your system.
10318 uses the standard TeX fonts, known as
10319 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10327 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10335 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10340 European Computer Modern
10343 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10353 \begin_layout Standard
10362 are bitmap fonts, they often looks pixeled in PDF output, especially when
10363 you read the PDF in a zoomed size.
10367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10368 This problem doesn't appear if you read PDFs in
10371 \begin_inset space ~
10376 version 6 or later, because this program includes a special bitmap font
10382 To get rid of pixeled fonts, you have to use a vector font.
10383 There are three ways to use one:
10386 \begin_layout Itemize
10387 One way is to use the
10397 Virtual means that it
10398 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10402 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10409 -glyphs from other fonts.
10410 This has the disadvantage that some characters are missing, like the French
10412 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10416 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10420 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10424 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10432 Loading the LaTeX-package
10440 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10441 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! aeguill
10446 with the document preamble line
10449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10454 usepackage[ec]{aeguill}
10457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10458 will fix the guillemet problem.
10463 and that accented characters are not
10467 glyph, they are build of
10471 characters, the accent and the letter.
10472 Therefore you can't search in documents using the
10476 fonts for words with accented characters.
10477 If you search for example for the French word
10478 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10482 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10485 in a PDF, you won't get any result, because the PDF-viewer searches for
10487 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10491 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10494 and not for the glyph
10495 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10499 \begin_inset space ~
10503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10509 \begin_layout Itemize
10510 Another possibility is to use three different outline fonts
10514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10523 , consists of these three main font types
10526 \begin_inset space ~
10547 \begin_inset space ~
10557 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
10561 \begin_inset space ~
10568 as typewriter font.
10569 \begin_inset Newline newline
10572 The differences between roman,
10575 \begin_inset space ~
10584 fonts are explained in section
10585 \begin_inset space ~
10589 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10591 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10596 \begin_inset Newline newline
10602 \begin_inset space ~
10607 was originally designed for newspapers.
10608 That means its glyphs are smaller than the one from other fonts to fit
10609 into the small newspaper columns.
10613 \begin_inset space ~
10618 is not the optimal choice for larger documents like books.
10621 \begin_layout Itemize
10622 The best solution is to use the
10631 These fonts are developed in order of the LaTeX community to replace
10636 They basically look the same as
10640 , although some kerning is different, but
10644 covers a vast number of characters over the other two families
10655 \begin_layout Standard
10656 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10659 For the font size there are four possible values:
10676 depends on your LaTeX-system, normally it is equal to the font size 10.
10679 \begin_layout Standard
10680 The font sizes are the
10685 LyX actually scales all other possible font sizes (such as those used in
10686 footnotes, super-, and subscripts) by this value.
10687 You can fine-tune the font size of text parts via the
10690 \begin_inset space ~
10696 The possible font sizes for text parts are explained in section
10697 \begin_inset space ~
10701 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10703 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10710 \begin_layout Standard
10711 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
10715 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
10718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10723 When you choose a new font or font size, LyX does
10727 change the screen font! You will only see a difference in the printed output;
10728 this is part of the WYSIWYM concept.
10729 LyX's screen fonts can be adjusted in the
10731 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10734 dialog, see section
10735 \begin_inset space ~
10739 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
10741 reference "sub:Screen-Fonts"
10753 \begin_layout Subsection
10754 Using Different Character Styles
10758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10777 \begin_layout Standard
10778 As we've already seen, LyX automatically changes the character style for
10779 certain paragraph environments.
10780 LyX supports two character styles,
10789 You can activate both of these styles via keybindings, the menus, and the
10793 \begin_layout Standard
10798 style, do one of the following:
10801 \begin_layout Itemize
10802 click on the toolbar button
10803 \begin_inset Graphics
10804 filename ../images/font-noun.png
10811 \begin_layout Itemize
10812 use the key binding
10815 \begin_inset space ~
10821 \begin_layout Standard
10822 These commands are all toggles.
10827 style is already active, they deactivate it.
10830 \begin_layout Standard
10831 One typically uses the
10835 style for proper names.
10837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
10844 is the original author of LyX.
10845 \begin_inset Quotes erd
10851 \begin_layout Standard
10852 A more widely used character style is the
10857 You can activate (or deactivate - it's also a toggle) the
10864 \begin_layout Itemize
10865 clicking on the toolbar button
10866 \begin_inset Graphics
10867 filename ../images/font-emph.png
10874 \begin_layout Itemize
10875 using the keybindings
10878 \begin_inset space ~
10884 \begin_layout Standard
10889 style is equivalent to an italic font but some document classes or LaTeX-packag
10890 es use a different font.
10893 \begin_layout Standard
10894 We've been using the
10898 style all over the place in this document.
10899 Here's one more example:
10902 \begin_layout Quotation
10905 Don't overuse character styles!
10908 \begin_layout Standard
10909 It's also a warning in addition to an example.
10910 One's writing should parallel ordinary conversation.
10911 Since we don't all constantly scream at each other, we should also avoid
10912 the common tendency to overuse character style.
10916 \begin_layout Standard
10917 You can always reset to the default font using the key binding
10920 \begin_inset space ~
10927 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10929 \begin_inset space ~
10937 \begin_layout Subsection
10938 Fine-Tuning with the
10943 \begin_inset CommandInset label
10945 name "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
10953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
10962 \begin_layout Standard
10963 There are always occasions when you'll need to do some fine-tuning, so LyX
10964 gives you a way to create custom character style.
10965 For example, an academic journal or a corporation may have a style sheet
10966 requiring a sans-serif font be used in certain situations.
10967 Also, writers sometimes use a different font to offset a character's thoughts
10968 from ordinary dialog.
10971 \begin_layout Standard
10972 Before we document how to use custom character style, we want to issue a
10973 warning yet again: Don't overuse character styles!
10974 \begin_inset Newline newline
10977 Documents that overuse different fonts and sizes are not well readable and
10978 tend to look like someone has knocked huge holes in it.
10981 \begin_layout Standard
10982 To use custom character styles, open the
10984 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
10986 \begin_inset space ~
10992 There are several boxes on this dialog, each corresponding to a different
10993 font property which you can choose.
10994 You can choose an option for one of these properties, or select
10997 \begin_inset space ~
11002 , which keeps the current state of that property.
11007 will reset the property to whatever is the default.
11008 You can use this to reset attributes across a bunch of different paragraph
11009 environments in a snap.
11012 \begin_layout Standard
11013 The font properties, and their options (in addition to
11016 \begin_inset space ~
11028 \begin_layout Labeling
11029 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11035 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11039 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11043 The possible options are:
11047 \begin_layout Labeling
11048 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11053 This is the Roman font family.
11054 Normally a serif font.
11055 It's also the default family.
11060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11072 \begin_inset space ~
11081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11089 \begin_inset Note Note
11092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11093 The LaTeX-command prevents text to be broken at the end of a line.
11094 It is explained in section
11095 \begin_inset space ~
11099 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
11101 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
11113 \begin_layout Labeling
11114 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11118 \begin_inset space ~
11125 This is the Sans Serif font family.
11132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11144 \begin_inset space ~
11153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11163 \begin_layout Labeling
11164 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11171 This is the Typewriter font family.
11178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11190 \begin_inset space ~
11199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11212 \begin_layout Labeling
11213 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11218 This corresponds to the print weight.
11223 \begin_layout Labeling
11224 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11229 This is the Medium font series.
11230 It's also the default series.
11233 \begin_layout Labeling
11234 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11241 This is the Bold font series.
11248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11260 \begin_inset space ~
11269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11280 \begin_layout Labeling
11281 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11286 As the name implies.
11291 \begin_layout Labeling
11292 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11297 This is the Upright font shape.
11298 It's also the default shape.
11301 \begin_layout Labeling
11302 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11316 s the Italic font shape
11322 \begin_layout Labeling
11323 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11330 This is the Slanted font shape
11332 (although it might not be visible in LyX, this is different from italic).
11335 \begin_layout Labeling
11336 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11340 \begin_inset space ~
11347 This is the Small caps font shape
11354 \begin_layout Labeling
11355 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11360 Alters the size of the font.
11361 You'll find no numerical values here; all possible sizes are actually proportio
11362 nal to the document font size.
11363 Once again, you don't feed LyX the details, but a general description of
11364 what you want to do.
11369 \begin_layout Labeling
11370 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11378 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11382 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11404 \begin_inset space ~
11413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11436 \begin_inset space ~
11445 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11455 \begin_layout Labeling
11456 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11464 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11468 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11490 \begin_inset space ~
11499 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11509 \begin_layout Labeling
11510 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11518 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11522 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11532 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11544 \begin_inset space ~
11553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11576 \begin_inset space ~
11585 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11595 \begin_layout Labeling
11596 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11604 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11608 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11630 \begin_inset space ~
11639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11662 \begin_inset space ~
11671 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11681 \begin_layout Labeling
11682 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11688 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11692 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11696 It's also the default size.
11701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11713 \begin_inset space ~
11722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11745 \begin_inset space ~
11754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11764 \begin_layout Labeling
11765 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11773 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11777 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11787 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11799 \begin_inset space ~
11808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11831 \begin_inset space ~
11840 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11850 \begin_layout Labeling
11851 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11859 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11863 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11885 \begin_inset space ~
11894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11917 \begin_inset space ~
11926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11936 \begin_layout Labeling
11937 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11945 \begin_inset Quotes eld
11949 \begin_inset Quotes erd
11959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11971 \begin_inset space ~
11980 \begin_layout Plain Layout
11990 \begin_layout Labeling
11991 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
11999 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12003 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12013 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12025 \begin_inset space ~
12034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12045 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12057 \begin_inset space ~
12066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12076 \begin_layout Labeling
12077 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12085 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12089 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12111 \begin_inset space ~
12120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12143 \begin_inset space ~
12152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12163 \begin_layout Standard
12168 : don't go crazy with this feature.
12169 You should almost never need to change the font size.
12170 LyX automatically changes the font size for different paragraph environments
12171 - use that instead.
12172 This is here for fine-tuning only!
12175 \begin_layout Labeling
12176 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12181 Here you can change a few other things at the character level.
12186 \begin_layout Labeling
12187 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12194 This is text with emphasize on
12197 This might seem like the same as
12201 , but it is actually a bit different.
12207 That means every document class can define its own font used for emphasized
12209 Normally this font is equal to italic.
12212 \begin_layout Labeling
12213 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12220 This is text with Underbar on.
12227 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12239 \begin_inset space ~
12248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12258 \begin_inset Newline newline
12263 Avoid using underbar if you can! It's a holdover from the typewriter days,
12264 when you couldn't change fonts.
12265 We no longer need to emphasize text by underscoring characters.
12266 It's only included in LyX because some people
12270 need it in order to follow style sheets for journal submissions.
12273 \begin_layout Labeling
12274 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12281 This is text with Noun on.
12288 , this is a logical attribute.
12289 Normally it's equivalent to
12292 \begin_inset space ~
12301 \begin_layout Labeling
12302 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12307 You can adjust the color of the text with this control.
12308 Notice that not all DVI-viewers are able to display colors.
12312 \begin_inset space ~
12317 , which is the default
12318 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12322 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12325 and means normally black, you can choose between
12361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12370 \begin_layout Labeling
12371 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
12376 This is used to mark regions of text as having a different language from
12377 the language of the document.
12378 Text marked in this way will be underlined in blue to indicate the change
12382 \begin_layout Standard
12383 So you have a huge number of combinations to choose from.
12384 Once you've chosen a new character style via the
12386 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12388 \begin_inset space ~
12393 dialog, the settings are saved.
12394 You can activate them using the toolbar button
12395 \begin_inset Graphics
12396 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
12401 The button lets you toggle the state of your custom character style even
12402 when the dialog isn't visible.
12406 \begin_layout Standard
12407 To completely reset the character style to the default, use
12410 \begin_inset space ~
12416 If you want to toggle only those properties that you have just changed
12417 (suppose you just set the shape to
12418 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12422 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12426 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12430 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12436 \begin_inset space ~
12448 \begin_layout Standard
12449 You should also know something about the differences between the three main
12457 \begin_inset space ~
12469 \begin_layout Itemize
12475 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12479 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12482 font, that means every character has the same width, the
12483 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12487 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12491 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12495 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12500 \begin_inset Newline newline
12507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12532 \begin_inset Note Note
12535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12536 For more on phantoms see section
12537 \begin_inset space ~
12541 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
12543 reference "sub:More-Spaces"
12553 \begin_inset Newline newline
12559 \begin_layout Itemize
12564 fonts use characters with serifs.
12565 These are the small
12566 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12570 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12573 at all ends of of the streaks that form the character.
12574 The following example will show the difference:
12575 \begin_inset Newline newline
12579 \begin_inset Newline newline
12584 text without serifs
12587 \begin_inset Newline newline
12590 Serifs facilitates an easy and fast reading.
12591 They are therefore used as default font (named
12598 \begin_layout Itemize
12604 This font type is therefore often used for headings and short texts.
12605 We use it in this document to highlight menu names.
12608 \begin_layout Standard
12609 We conclude with the same warning once again: Don't overuse the fonts.
12610 They are, more often than not, a kludge and a bad substitute for good writing.
12613 \begin_layout Section
12614 Printing and Previewing
12617 \begin_layout Subsection
12621 \begin_layout Standard
12622 Now that we've covered some of the basic features of document preparation
12623 using LyX, you probably want to know how to print out your masterpiece.
12624 Before we tell you that, we want to give you a quick explanation of what
12625 goes on behind-the-scenes.
12626 We cover these informations in much greater detail in the
12629 \begin_inset space ~
12637 \begin_layout Standard
12638 LyX uses the program LaTeX as its backend.
12639 LaTeX is just a macro package for the TeX typesetting system, but to prevent
12640 confusion, we'll only refer to LaTeX.
12641 LyX is what you use to do your actual writing.
12642 Then, LyX calls LaTeX to turn your writing into printable output.
12643 This happens in two stages:
12646 \begin_layout Enumerate
12647 First, LyX converts your document to a series of text commands for LaTeX,
12648 generating a file with the extension,
12649 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12663 \begin_layout Enumerate
12664 Next, LaTeX uses the commands in the
12668 file to produce printable output.
12672 \begin_layout Subsection
12673 Output file formats
12677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12684 \begin_inset CommandInset label
12686 name "sub:Output-file-formats"
12693 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12699 File formats ! ASCII
12707 \begin_layout Standard
12708 This file type has the extension
12709 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12717 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12721 It contains your document as plain text following the rules of the
12722 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12725 American Standard Code for Information Interchange
12726 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12732 \begin_layout Standard
12733 You can export your document to ASCII by the menu
12735 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12736 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12742 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12747 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12748 File formats ! Latex@LaTeX
12756 \begin_layout Standard
12757 This file type has the extension
12758 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12766 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12769 and contains all commands that are necessary for the LaTeX program to process
12771 If you know LaTeX, you can use it to find out LaTeX-Errors or to process
12772 it manually with console commands.
12773 The LaTeX-file is automatically created in LyX's temporary directory whenever
12774 you view or export your document.
12777 \begin_layout Standard
12778 You can export your document as LaTeX-file using the menu
12780 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12781 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12798 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12812 \begin_layout Standard
12813 This file type has the extension
12814 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12822 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12827 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12831 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12834 (DVI), because it is completely portable; you can move them from one machine
12835 to another without needing to do any sort of conversion.
12836 At the time when this file-format was developed, this was no matter of
12838 DVIs are used for quick previews and as pre-stage for other output formats,
12842 \begin_layout Standard
12843 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
12846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12851 The DVI file doesn't contain images, they will only be a linked.
12852 So don't forget to deliver the images together with your DVIs.
12857 This property can also slow down your computer when you view the DVI.
12858 Because the DVI-viewer has to convert the image in the background to make
12859 it visible when you scroll in the DVI.
12860 So we recommend to use PDF for files with many images.
12863 \begin_layout Standard
12864 You can export your document to DVI by the menu
12866 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12867 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12873 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12879 File formats ! PostScript
12887 \begin_layout Standard
12888 This file type has the extension
12889 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12897 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12901 PostScript was developed by the company
12905 as printer language.
12906 The file contains therefore commands that the printer uses to print the
12908 PostScript can be seen as
12909 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12912 programming language
12913 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12916 ; you can calculate with it and draw diagrams and images.
12920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12921 If you are interested to learn more about this, have a look at the LaTeX-package
12930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
12931 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! pstricks
12941 Due to this ability, the files are often bigger than PDFs.
12944 \begin_layout Standard
12945 PostScript can only contain images in the format
12946 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12949 Encapsulated PostScript
12950 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12953 (EPS, file extension
12954 \begin_inset Quotes eld
12962 \begin_inset Quotes erd
12966 As LyX allows you to use any known image format in your document, it has
12967 to convert them in the background to EPS.
12968 If you have e.g 50 images in your document, LyX has to do 50 conversions
12969 whenever you view or export your document.
12970 This will slow down your workflow with LyX drastically.
12971 So if you plan to use PostScript, you can insert your images directly as
12972 EPS to avoid this problem.
12975 \begin_layout Standard
12976 You can export your document to PostScript using the menu
12978 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12979 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
12985 \begin_layout Subsubsection
12990 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13000 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13009 \begin_layout Standard
13010 This file type has the extension
13011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13019 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13024 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13027 Portable Document Format
13028 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13031 (PDF) is developed by
13035 as derivative from PostScript.
13036 It is more compressed and it uses much less commands than PostScript.
13038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13042 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13045 implies, it can be processed at any computer system and the printed output
13046 looks exactly the same.
13049 \begin_layout Standard
13050 PDF can contain images in its own PDF format and in the formats
13051 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13054 Joint Photographic Experts Group
13055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13058 (JPG, file extension
13059 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13067 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13071 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13079 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13083 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13086 Portable Network Graphics
13087 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13090 (PNG, file extension
13091 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13099 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13103 You can although use any other image format, because LyX converts them
13104 in the background to one of these formats.
13105 But as described in the section about PostScript, the image conversion
13106 will slow down your workflow.
13107 So we recommend to use images in one of the three mentioned formats.
13110 \begin_layout Standard
13111 You can export your document to PDF via the menu
13113 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13116 in three different ways:
13119 \begin_layout Description
13120 PDF This uses the program
13124 that creates a PDF from a PostScript-version of your file.
13125 The PostScript-version is produced by the program
13129 which uses a DVI-version as intermediate step.
13130 So this export variant consist of three conversions.
13133 \begin_layout Description
13135 \begin_inset space ~
13138 (dvipdfm) This uses the program
13142 that converts your file in the background to DVI and in a second step to
13146 \begin_layout Description
13148 \begin_inset space ~
13151 (pdflatex) This uses the program
13155 that converts your file directly to PDF.
13158 \begin_layout Standard
13159 We recommend to use
13162 \begin_inset space ~
13171 supports all features of actual PDF-versions, is quick and works stable
13177 is no more under development and therefore a bit outdated.
13180 \begin_layout Subsection
13185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13194 \begin_layout Standard
13195 To get a look at the final version of your document, with all of the pagebreaks
13196 in place, the footnotes correctly numbered, and so on, use the menu
13200 and choose a file type.
13201 A viewing program will popup showing the output.
13204 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13207 you can use the toolbar button
13208 \begin_inset Graphics
13209 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
13219 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13221 \begin_inset space ~
13227 \begin_inset Graphics
13228 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
13234 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13238 \begin_inset Graphics
13239 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
13250 \begin_layout Standard
13251 If you have changed your document, you can refresh the output in the same
13252 viewer window using the menu
13254 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13260 \begin_layout Standard
13261 When you preview a file, the output file is only generated in LyX's temporary
13263 To have a real output, export your document.
13266 \begin_layout Subsection
13267 Printing the File from within LyX
13268 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13270 name "sub:Printing-the-File"
13277 \begin_layout Standard
13278 Instead of exporting your file and then printing them, you can also print
13279 it directly from within LyX.
13280 To print a file, select the menu
13282 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13285 or click on the toolbar button
13286 \begin_inset Graphics
13287 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
13292 LyX will internally call LaTeX to produce a DVI.
13293 This file is then processed by the program
13297 to PostScript-file, which is finally printed using the program
13302 Due to these steps in the background, this method is not the fastest.
13305 \begin_layout Standard
13306 You can choose to print only even-numbered or odd-numbered pages - this
13307 is useful for printing on two sides: You can re-insert the pages after
13308 printing one set to print on the other side.
13309 Some printers spit out pages face-up, others, face-down.
13310 By choosing a particular order to print in, you can take the entire stack
13311 of pages out of the printer without needing to reorder them.
13314 \begin_layout Standard
13315 You can set the parameters in the
13318 \begin_inset space ~
13326 \begin_layout Labeling
13327 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13332 This is the name of the printer to print to.
13336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13337 Note that this printer name is for the program
13346 has to be configured for this printer name.
13347 The default printer can be set in LyX's preferences dialog, see section
13348 \begin_inset space ~
13352 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13354 reference "sub:Printer"
13363 The printer should understand PostScript.
13366 \begin_layout Labeling
13367 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
13372 The name of a file to print to.
13373 The output will be a PostScript file.
13374 It will be written in LyX's working directory unless you specify the full
13378 \begin_layout Section
13379 A few Words about Typography
13383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13392 \begin_layout Subsection
13397 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13404 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13413 \begin_layout Standard
13415 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13423 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13426 character comes in three lengths, often called the
13441 \begin_layout Enumerate
13443 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13447 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13459 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13465 \begin_layout Enumerate
13467 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13471 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13475 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13496 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13502 \begin_layout Enumerate
13504 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13508 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13512 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13546 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13552 \begin_layout Enumerate
13554 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13558 \begin_inset Formula $-$
13562 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13566 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13574 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13580 \begin_layout Standard
13581 You generate them by inserting the
13582 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13590 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13593 character multiple times in a row.
13594 They are automatically converted to the appropriate length dash in the
13595 final output, but not in LyX.
13598 \begin_layout Standard
13599 The three dash types are distinct from the minus sign, which appears in
13600 math mode and has a length of its own.
13601 Here are some examples of the
13602 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13610 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13616 \begin_layout Enumerate
13617 line- and page-breaks
13618 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13628 \begin_layout Enumerate
13630 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13640 \begin_layout Enumerate
13641 Oh --- there's a dash.
13642 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13652 \begin_layout Enumerate
13653 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}-y^{2}=z^{2}$
13657 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
13667 \begin_layout Subsection
13672 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13679 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13681 name "sub:Hyphenation"
13688 \begin_layout Standard
13689 Words aren't hyphenated within LyX but automatically in the output.
13690 Hyphenation is done by the LaTeX-package
13698 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13699 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! babel
13704 following the rules of the document language
13708 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13709 For German readers: That's one of the main differences between the languages
13717 \begin_inset space ~
13721 \begin_inset space ~
13728 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13739 \begin_layout Standard
13740 LaTeX hyphenates nearly perfectly, it has only problems with text in the
13745 and with unusual constructs, like
13746 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13750 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13754 If LaTeX can't break a word correctly, you can set hyphenation points manually.
13755 This is done with the menu
13757 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13758 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
13760 \begin_inset space ~
13766 These extra hyphenation points are only recommendations to LaTeX.
13767 If no hyphenation is necessary, LaTeX will ignore them.
13770 \begin_layout Standard
13771 Sometimes you want to prevent words or constructs to be hyphenated.
13772 The keybindings/shortcuts in this document consists of three letters with
13773 a hyphen and a space in the form
13774 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13778 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13782 LaTeX finds there the hyphen
13783 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13787 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13790 as hyphenation possibility.
13791 Hyphenating at this point would look ugly.
13792 To prevent the shortcut from being hyphenated, we can put it in the argument
13793 of the LaTeX-box-command
13799 , because text within LaTeX-boxes can't be hyphenated.
13800 As LyX doesn't support
13806 , we have to use TeX Code.
13807 The result looks in LyX like:
13810 \begin_layout Standard
13811 \begin_inset Graphics
13812 filename clipart/mbox.png
13819 \begin_layout Standard
13820 To learn more about TeX Code, have a look at section
13821 \begin_inset space ~
13825 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13827 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
13834 \begin_layout Subsection
13839 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13848 \begin_layout Subsubsection
13849 Abbreviations and End of Sentence
13850 \begin_inset CommandInset label
13852 name "sub:Abbreviations"
13859 \begin_layout Standard
13860 When LyX calls LaTeX to generate the final version of your document, LaTeX
13861 automatically distinguishes between words, sentences, and abbreviations.
13862 LaTeX then adds the
13863 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13866 appropriate amount of space
13867 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13871 That means sentences get a little bit more space between the period and
13873 Abbreviations get the same amount of space after the period as a word uses.
13876 \begin_layout Standard
13877 Unfortunately, the algorithm for figuring out what's an abbreviation works
13880 \begin_inset Quotes eld
13888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
13891 is at the end of a lowercase letter, it's the end of a sentence; if it's
13892 at the end of a capitalized letter, it's an abbreviation.
13895 \begin_layout Standard
13896 Here are some examples of
13900 abbreviations and the end of a sentence:
13903 \begin_layout Itemize
13908 \begin_layout Itemize
13913 \begin_layout Standard
13914 And here's an example of the algorithm going wrong:
13917 \begin_layout Itemize
13920 this is too much space!
13923 \begin_layout Itemize
13928 \begin_layout Standard
13929 You won't see anything wrong until you view a final version of your document.
13932 \begin_layout Standard
13933 To fix this problem, use one of the following:
13936 \begin_layout Enumerate
13940 \begin_inset space ~
13945 after lowercase abbreviations (see section
13946 \begin_inset space ~
13950 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13952 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
13960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
13961 Spaces ! inter-word
13969 \begin_layout Enumerate
13973 \begin_inset space ~
13978 between two tokens of an abbreviation (see section
13979 \begin_inset space ~
13983 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
13985 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
13993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14002 \begin_layout Enumerate
14006 \begin_inset space ~
14010 \begin_inset space ~
14014 \begin_inset space ~
14021 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14023 \begin_inset space ~
14028 menu to force the use of inter-sentence spacing.
14029 This function is also bound to
14036 \begin_layout Standard
14037 With the corrections, our earlier examples look like this:
14040 \begin_layout Itemize
14042 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14046 \begin_inset space \space{}
14049 this is too much space!
14052 \begin_layout Itemize
14053 This is I\SpecialChar \@.
14057 \begin_layout Standard
14058 Some languages don't use extra spacing between sentences.
14059 If your language is such a language, you don't need to worry, because the
14060 LaTeX will care about this.
14063 \begin_layout Standard
14064 For those that do need to bother, there is help to catch those sneaky errors:
14068 \begin_inset space ~
14073 feature described in section
14084 \begin_layout Subsubsection
14089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14090 Typography ! Quotes
14099 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14128 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14137 \begin_layout Standard
14138 LyX usually sets quotes correctly.
14139 Specifically, it will use an opening quote at the beginning of quoted text,
14140 and use a closing quote at the end.
14142 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14146 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14150 The keyboard character,
14154 , generates this automatically.
14157 \begin_layout Standard
14158 You can change the behavior of the
14162 key using the submenu
14168 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14176 Document ! Settings
14184 \begin_layout Standard
14185 You can also select quotes for different languages in the box
14190 There are six choices:
14193 \begin_layout Labeling
14194 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14206 Use quotes like this
14207 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14215 \begin_inset Quotes els
14219 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14225 \begin_layout Labeling
14226 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14229 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14233 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14239 \begin_inset Quotes sld
14243 \begin_inset Quotes srd
14247 \begin_inset Quotes ers
14253 \begin_layout Labeling
14254 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14257 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14261 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14267 \begin_inset Quotes gld
14271 \begin_inset Quotes grd
14275 \begin_inset Quotes gls
14279 \begin_inset Quotes grs
14285 \begin_layout Labeling
14286 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14289 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14293 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14299 \begin_inset Quotes pld
14303 \begin_inset Quotes prd
14307 \begin_inset Quotes pls
14311 \begin_inset Quotes prs
14317 \begin_layout Labeling
14318 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14321 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14325 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14331 \begin_inset Quotes fld
14335 \begin_inset Quotes frd
14339 \begin_inset Quotes fls
14343 \begin_inset Quotes frs
14349 \begin_layout Labeling
14350 \labelwidthstring 00.00.0000
14353 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14357 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14363 \begin_inset Quotes ald
14367 \begin_inset Quotes ard
14371 \begin_inset Quotes als
14375 \begin_inset Quotes ars
14381 \begin_layout Standard
14382 These settings affects what character the
14389 \begin_layout Subsection
14394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14395 Typography ! Ligatures
14404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14409 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14420 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14433 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14435 name "sub:Ligatures"
14442 \begin_layout Standard
14443 It is standard typesetting practice to group certain letters together and
14444 print them as single characters.
14445 These groups are known as
14450 Since LaTeX knows about ligatures, your documents will contain them too
14452 Here are the standard ligatures:
14455 \begin_layout Itemize
14459 \begin_layout Itemize
14463 \begin_layout Itemize
14467 \begin_layout Itemize
14471 \begin_layout Itemize
14475 \begin_layout Standard
14476 Some languages uses other ligatures if the document font supports them.
14479 \begin_layout Standard
14480 Sometimes, you don't want a ligature in a word.
14481 While a ligature may be okay in the word,
14482 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14486 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14489 it looks really weird in compound words, such as
14490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14498 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14502 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14505 To break a ligature, use
14507 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14508 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14510 \begin_inset space ~
14517 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14521 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14525 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14528 cuff\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14530 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14534 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14538 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14542 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14545 Dorf\SpecialChar \textcompwordmark{}
14547 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14553 \begin_layout Subsection
14558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14559 Lyx@LyX ! Proper names
14565 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14567 name "sub:LyX's-Proper-Names"
14574 \begin_layout Standard
14575 You have surely noticed, that the word
14576 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14580 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14583 appears always with characters in different size and height.
14584 LaTeX is the name of the program used by LyX and is therefore recognized
14585 as proper name when you type it in LyX as
14586 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14601 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14605 \begin_inset Note Note
14608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14609 The braces in TeX Code are here to avoid that the
14610 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14614 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14617 appear as proper name in the output, see the last paragraph of this section.
14618 To create proper names omit the TeX Code.
14623 Note the order of the upper-and lowercase letters! LyX recognizes the following
14627 \begin_layout Description
14628 LyX The name of the game, write
14629 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14644 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14650 \begin_layout Description
14651 TeX The program used by LaTeX, write
14652 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14667 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14673 \begin_layout Description
14674 LaTeX The program used by LyX, write
14675 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14690 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14696 \begin_layout Description
14697 LaTeX2e The actual version of LaTeX, write
14698 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14705 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14713 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14719 \begin_layout Standard
14720 You might wonder why the LaTeX-version is
14721 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14725 \begin_inset Formula $\epsilon$
14729 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14733 It's an old tradition in the TeX-world to give programs geek version numbers.
14734 For example the version number of TeX converges to the number
14735 \begin_inset Formula $\pi$
14738 : The actual version is
14739 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14743 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14746 , the previous one was
14747 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14751 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14757 \begin_layout Standard
14758 If you don't want to use proper names, e.g.
14759 in section headings, you can insert two empty braces in TeX Code in the
14761 This will look in LyX like:
14762 \begin_inset Graphics
14763 filename clipart/LaTeX.png
14768 \begin_inset Newline newline
14771 For more about TeX Code, look at section
14772 \begin_inset space ~
14776 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
14778 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
14785 \begin_layout Subsection
14790 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14799 \begin_layout Standard
14800 Generally the space between units and the number is smaller than the normal
14801 space between two words.
14802 As you can see in the example below, it looks better when the space is
14805 \begin_inset Quotes eld
14809 \begin_inset Quotes erd
14812 for units use the menu
14814 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14815 Formatting\SpecialChar \menuseparator
14817 \begin_inset space ~
14829 \begin_layout Standard
14830 Here's an example to show the differences:
14833 \begin_layout Standard
14834 \begin_inset Tabular
14835 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="2" columns="2">
14837 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14838 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
14840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14845 \begin_inset space ~
14849 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14861 space between number and unit
14868 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14871 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14873 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
14877 \begin_inset Formula $\cdot$
14885 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
14888 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14889 half space between number and unit
14902 \begin_layout Subsection
14907 \begin_layout Plain Layout
14908 Typography ! Widows and orphans
14914 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14923 \begin_layout Standard
14924 In the early days of word processors, page breaks went wherever the page
14926 There was no regard for what was actually going on in the text.
14927 You may remember once printing out a document, only to find the heading
14928 for a new section printed at the very bottom of the page, the first line
14929 of a new paragraph all alone at the bottom of a page, or the last line
14930 of a paragraph at the top of a new page.
14931 These bits of text became known as
14942 \begin_layout Standard
14943 Clearly, LyX can avoid breaking pages after a section heading.
14944 That's part of the advantage of paragraph environments.
14945 But what about widows and orphans, where the page breaks leave one line
14946 of a paragraph all alone at the top or bottom of a page? There are rules
14947 built into LaTeX governing page breaks, and some of those rules are there
14948 to specifically prevent widows and orphans.
14949 This is the advantage LyX has in using LaTeX as its backend.
14952 \begin_layout Standard
14953 There's no way we can go into how TeX and LaTeX decide to break a page,
14954 or how you can tweak that behavior.
14955 Some LaTeX books listed in the bibliography [such as
14956 \begin_inset space ~
14960 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14962 key "latexcompanion"
14967 \begin_inset space ~
14971 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
14977 ] may have more information.
14978 You will almost never need to worry about this, however.
14981 \begin_layout Chapter
14982 Notes, Graphics, Tables, and Floats
14983 \begin_inset CommandInset label
14985 name "cha:Floats-and-Notes"
14992 \begin_layout Standard
14993 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
14998 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
15001 \begin_layout Section
15006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15013 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15022 \begin_layout Standard
15023 LyX offers you a few types of notes to add to your document:
15026 \begin_layout Description
15028 \begin_inset space ~
15031 Note This note type is for internal notes that won't appear in the output.
15032 \begin_inset Newline newline
15036 \begin_inset Note Note
15039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15040 This is text in a note box that doesn't appear in the output.
15048 \begin_layout Description
15049 Comment This note also doesn't appear in the output but it appears as LaTeX-comm
15050 ent, when you export the document to LaTeX via the menu
15052 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15053 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15054 LaTeX (pdflatex) / (plain)
15057 \begin_inset Newline newline
15061 \begin_inset Note Comment
15064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15065 This is text in a note box that only appears as comment in LaTeX-files.
15073 \begin_layout Description
15075 \begin_inset space ~
15078 Out This note will appear in the output as grey text.
15079 \begin_inset Newline newline
15083 \begin_inset Newline newline
15087 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
15090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15095 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15096 This is an example footnote within a greyed out note.
15097 In this document the greyed out note color is redefined to blue.
15098 How this can be done is explained in the
15107 of a comment that appears in the output as grey text.
15113 \begin_inset Newline newline
15117 \begin_inset Newline newline
15120 As you can see in the example, the first line of greyed out notes is a bit
15121 indented and greyed out notes can have footnotes.
15124 \begin_layout Standard
15125 Notes are inserted with the toolbar button
15126 \begin_inset Graphics
15127 filename ../images/note-insert.png
15129 scaleBeforeRotation
15135 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15139 Right-click on the appearing note box to select the note type.
15142 \begin_layout Section
15147 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15154 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15156 name "sec:Footnotes"
15163 \begin_layout Standard
15164 LyX uses boxes to display footnotes: When you insert a footnote using the
15167 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15170 or the toolbar button
15171 \begin_inset Graphics
15172 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
15185 \begin_inset Graphics
15186 filename clipart/footnoteQt4.png
15195 This box is LyX's representation of your footnote.
15205 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15213 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15224 label, the box will
15228 be opened and you can enter the footnote text into it.
15229 Clicking on the box label again, will close
15242 If you want to turn existing text into a footnote, simply mark it and click
15258 \begin_layout Standard
15259 Here's an example footnote:
15267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15268 To close a footnote, click on the footnote box label.
15276 \begin_layout Standard
15277 The footnote will appear in the output as a superscript number at the text
15278 position where the footnote box is placed.
15279 The footnote text is placed at the bottom of the current page.
15280 The footnote number is calculated by LyX, the numbers are consecutive,
15281 no matter in which chapter the footnote is in.
15282 LyX doesn't support other numbering schemes yet, but you can get another
15283 scheme using special LaTeX-commands.
15288 ey are described in the
15295 \begin_layout Section
15300 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15307 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15309 name "sec:Marginal-Notes"
15316 \begin_layout Standard
15317 Marginal notes look and behave just like footnotes in LyX.
15318 When you insert a margin note via the menu
15320 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15322 \begin_inset space ~
15327 or the toolbar button
15328 \begin_inset Graphics
15329 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
15349 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15353 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15356 appearing within your text.
15357 This box is LyX's representation of your margin
15366 \begin_layout Standard
15367 At the side is an example marginal note.
15371 \begin_inset Marginal
15374 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15375 This is a marginal note.
15383 \begin_layout Standard
15384 Marginal notes appear at the right side in single-sided documents.
15385 In double-sided documents they appear in the outer margin -- left on even
15386 pages, right on odd pages.
15389 \begin_layout Section
15390 Graphics and Images
15394 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15411 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15413 name "sec:Graphics"
15420 \begin_layout Standard
15421 To insert an image in your document, place the cursor at the text position
15422 you want and click on the toolbar icon
15423 \begin_inset Graphics
15424 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
15430 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
15434 Then a dialog will appear to choose the file to load.
15437 \begin_layout Standard
15438 This dialog has numerous mostly self-explanatory parameters.
15443 tab allows you to choose your image file.
15444 The image can be transformed by setting a rotation angle and a scaling
15446 The scaling units are explained in Appendix
15447 \begin_inset space ~
15451 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15453 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
15460 \begin_layout Standard
15465 it is possible to set image coordinates to adjust the height and width
15466 of the image in the output.
15467 The coordinates can also be calculated automatically by pressing the button
15471 \begin_inset space ~
15475 \begin_inset space ~
15484 \begin_inset space ~
15488 \begin_inset space ~
15492 \begin_inset space ~
15497 will only print the image region within the given coordinates.
15498 Normally you don't need to take care about image coordinates and can ignore
15506 \begin_layout Standard
15509 LaTeX and LyX options
15511 tab LaTeX experts can specify additional LaTeX options.
15512 You can also specify here the appearance of the image inside LyX.
15516 \begin_inset space ~
15521 has the effect that the image doesn't appear in the output, only a frame
15522 with the image size is printed.
15526 \begin_inset space ~
15530 \begin_inset space ~
15534 \begin_inset space ~
15539 is explained in the
15550 \begin_layout Standard
15551 The graphics dialog can be called at any time by clicking on an image.
15552 The image will appear in the output exactly at the position where it is
15554 This is an example image within a separate, horizontally centered paragraph:
15558 \begin_layout Standard
15560 \begin_inset Graphics
15561 filename clipart/mobius.eps
15563 rotateOrigin center
15570 \begin_layout Standard
15571 If you need image captions and want to reference images, you have to put
15572 the image into a float, see section
15573 \begin_inset space ~
15577 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15579 reference "sec:Figure-Floats"
15586 \begin_layout Subsection
15591 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15598 \begin_inset CommandInset label
15600 name "sub:Image-Formats"
15607 \begin_layout Standard
15608 You can insert images in any known file format.
15609 But as we explained in section
15610 \begin_inset space ~
15614 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15616 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15620 , every output document format allows only a few image formats.
15621 LyX uses therefore the program
15625 in the background to convert the images to the right format.
15626 To increase your workflow by avoiding these conversions in the background,
15627 you can use only the image formats listed in the subsections of section
15628 \begin_inset space ~
15632 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
15634 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
15641 \begin_layout Standard
15642 Similar to fonts there are two types of image formats:
15645 \begin_layout Description
15647 \begin_inset space ~
15650 images consist of pixel values, often in a compressed form.
15651 They are therefore not fully scalable and look pixeled in large zooms.
15652 Well-known bitmap image formats are
15653 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15656 Graphics Interchange Format
15657 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15660 (GIF, file extension
15661 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15669 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15705 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15708 Portable Network Graphics
15709 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15712 (PNG, file extension
15713 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15721 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15757 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15760 Joint Photographic Experts Group
15761 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15764 (JPG, file extension
15765 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15773 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15777 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15785 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15808 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15823 \begin_layout Description
15825 \begin_inset space ~
15828 images consist of vectors and can therefore be scaled to any size without
15830 The scaling ability is necessary if you want to create presentations, because
15831 presentations are always scaled by the beamer.
15832 Scaling is also useful for online documents to let the user zoom into diagrams.
15833 \begin_inset Newline newline
15836 Scalable image formats can be
15837 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15840 Scalable Vector Graphics
15841 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15844 (SVG, file extension
15845 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15853 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15876 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15889 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15892 Encapsulated PostScript
15893 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15896 (EPS, file extension
15897 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15905 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15912 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15917 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15928 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15941 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15944 Portable Document Format
15945 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15948 (PDF, file extension
15949 \begin_inset Quotes eld
15957 \begin_inset Quotes erd
15964 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15971 We say it can be, because you can convert any bitmap image format to PDF
15972 or EPS and the result won't be scalable.
15973 In this cases only a header with the image properties is added to the original
15978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15979 In the case of PDF, the original image is additionally compressed.
15987 \begin_layout Standard
15988 Normally one can't convert a bitmap image into a scalable one, only vice
15992 \begin_layout Subsection
15993 Grouping of Image Settings
15997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
15998 Images ! Settings grouping
16006 \begin_layout Standard
16007 Each image can define a new group of image settings or join an existing
16009 Images within such a group share their settings, so adjusting one image
16010 of the group automatically also adjusts all other images of the group in
16012 So you can for example change the size for a bunch of images without the
16013 need to manually change each of them.
16017 \begin_layout Standard
16018 A new group can be set by entering a name in the
16021 \begin_inset space ~
16025 \begin_inset space ~
16030 field in the Graphics dialog.
16031 Joining an existing group can be done using the context menu of the image
16032 by checking the name of the desired group.
16035 \begin_layout Section
16040 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16047 \begin_inset CommandInset label
16056 \begin_layout Standard
16057 You can insert a table using either the toolbar button
16058 \begin_inset Graphics
16059 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
16066 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16070 A dialog will appear, asking you for the number of rows and columns.
16071 The default table has lines around any cell and the first row appears separated
16072 from the rest of the table.
16073 This separation appears due to a double line: The cells of the first row
16074 have a line below them and the cells of the second row have a line above
16076 Here's an example table:
16079 \begin_layout Standard
16081 \begin_inset Tabular
16082 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="4">
16084 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16085 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16086 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16087 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16098 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16136 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16139 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16154 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16157 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16172 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16175 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16223 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16226 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16234 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16237 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16287 \begin_layout Subsection
16291 \begin_layout Standard
16292 You can alter a table by clicking on it with the right mouse button, which
16293 brings up the table dialog.
16294 Here you can adjust the settings of the cell and row/column respectively
16295 where the cursor is placed currently.
16296 Most of the dialog options also work on selections.
16297 This means that if you select more cells, columns or rows the action is
16298 done on all of your selection.
16301 \begin_layout Standard
16302 Additionally to the table dialog the
16305 \begin_inset space ~
16310 , that appears when the cursor is inside a table, helps you in setting table
16312 It is for example currently only possible to add
16313 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16317 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
16320 delete lines via the table toolbar.
16323 \begin_layout Standard
16327 \begin_inset space ~
16332 of the table dialog you can set the alignment for the current row.
16333 If you add a row or column, it will be inserted right beside or below the
16334 current cell respectively.
16335 The vertical alignment of a column can only be adjusted when a column width
16337 A given width will allow the cell to have line breaks and multiple paragraphs
16338 of text, see section
16339 \begin_inset space ~
16343 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
16345 reference "sub:Table-Cells"
16352 \begin_layout Standard
16353 You can mark multiple cells of one row as a multicolumn cell using the check
16359 This will merge the cells to
16363 cell, spread over more than one column.
16364 Multicolumn cells are treated as own rows, so that the alignment, width,
16365 and border settings affect only the multicolumn cell.
16366 Here's an example table with a multicolumn cell in the first row and one
16367 in the last row without the upper border:
16370 \begin_layout Standard
16372 \begin_inset Tabular
16373 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="4">
16374 <features firstHeadTopDL="true" firstHeadBottomDL="true">
16375 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16376 <column alignment="center" valignment="middle" width="0">
16377 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0in">
16378 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16380 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16383 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16389 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="middle" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16398 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16445 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16448 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16454 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16457 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16465 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16468 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16474 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16477 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16483 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16486 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16492 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16495 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16509 \begin_layout Standard
16510 At the moment LyX doesn't support multirow cells.
16511 Adept users can declare special LaTeX-arguments for the table.
16512 They are necessary for special table formatting, like for multirow cells,
16513 explained in the tables section of the
16516 \begin_inset space ~
16522 You can also rotate the current cell or the whole table 90
16523 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
16526 degrees counterclockwise.
16527 These rotations are not visible in LyX but in the output.
16530 \begin_layout Standard
16531 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
16534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16539 Most DVI-viewers are
16543 able to display rotations.
16551 \begin_layout Standard
16556 tab allows you to add and delete border lines for the current row/column.
16561 adds lines for all cell borders.
16564 \begin_layout Subsection
16569 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16570 Tables ! Longtables
16579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16588 \begin_layout Standard
16589 If the table is too long to fit on one page, you can use the option
16592 \begin_inset space ~
16596 \begin_inset space ~
16605 of the table dialog to split the table automatically over more pages.
16606 Doing this enables some check boxes and you can now define:
16609 \begin_layout Description
16614 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16615 defined, are defined to be the header rows of all pages of the longtable;
16616 except for the first page, if
16619 \begin_inset space ~
16627 \begin_layout Description
16631 \begin_inset space ~
16636 : The current row and all rows above, that don't have any special options
16637 defined, are defined to be the header rows of the first page of the longtable.
16640 \begin_layout Description
16645 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16646 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of all pages of the longtable;
16647 except for the last page, if
16650 \begin_inset space ~
16658 \begin_layout Description
16662 \begin_inset space ~
16667 : The current row and all rows below, that don't have any special options
16668 defined, are defined to be the footer rows of the last page of the longtable.
16671 \begin_layout Description
16672 Caption: The first row is reset as single column.
16673 You can now insert there the table caption via the menu
16675 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
16679 More about longtable captions can be found in the
16682 \begin_inset space ~
16690 \begin_layout Standard
16691 You can also specify a row where the table is split.
16692 If you set more than one option in the same table row, you should be aware
16693 of the fact that only the first one is used in the given table row.
16694 The others will then be defined as
16699 In this context, first means first in this order:
16702 \begin_inset space ~
16714 \begin_inset space ~
16720 See the following longtable to see how it works:
16723 \begin_layout Standard
16725 \begin_inset Tabular
16726 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="69" columns="3">
16727 <features islongtable="true">
16728 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="5cm">
16729 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16730 <column alignment="right" valignment="top" width="0pt">
16731 <row endfirsthead="true">
16732 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16738 Example Phone List (ignore the names)
16743 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16752 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16762 <row endfirsthead="true">
16763 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16766 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16774 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16777 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16783 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16786 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16795 <row endhead="true">
16796 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16807 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16816 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16826 <row endhead="true">
16827 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16838 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16841 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16847 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16850 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16859 <row endfoot="true">
16860 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16863 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16871 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16880 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16911 <cell alignment="right" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16922 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16925 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16942 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16945 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16953 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16956 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
16976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
16987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
16995 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
16998 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17004 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17015 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17035 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17038 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17057 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17060 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17088 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17091 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17108 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17111 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17119 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17128 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17139 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17142 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17150 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17170 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17173 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17181 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17184 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17190 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17201 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17204 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17212 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17215 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17221 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17224 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17232 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17235 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17243 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17246 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17274 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17283 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17286 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17294 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17297 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17305 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17308 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17314 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17317 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17325 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17328 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17336 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17339 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17345 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17348 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17387 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17390 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17407 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17410 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17460 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17480 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17483 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17511 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17514 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17542 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17545 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17553 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17556 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17562 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17565 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17593 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17596 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17615 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17618 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17635 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17638 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17646 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17649 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17655 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17658 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17666 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17669 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17677 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17680 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17686 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17689 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17697 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17700 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17728 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17739 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17742 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17748 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17759 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17762 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17790 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17793 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17801 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17821 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17841 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17844 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17852 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17861 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
17864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17870 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17881 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17892 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17895 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17912 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17915 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17923 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17926 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17932 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17935 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17943 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17946 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17954 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17963 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17966 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17974 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
17977 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
17988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
17994 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
17997 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18005 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18008 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18016 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18025 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18028 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18036 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18047 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18050 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18056 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18059 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18067 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18070 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18098 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18109 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18118 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18121 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18129 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18149 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18160 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18171 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18191 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18202 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18205 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18211 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18214 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18222 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18253 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18264 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18267 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18273 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18284 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18295 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18298 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18304 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18307 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18315 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18326 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18329 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18335 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18346 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18357 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18366 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18369 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18377 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18380 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18388 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18391 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18397 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18400 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18408 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18428 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18431 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18439 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18450 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18459 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18462 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18470 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18481 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18484 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18501 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18512 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18515 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18532 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18535 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18543 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18546 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18552 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18555 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18563 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18574 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18577 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18583 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18586 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18594 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18605 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18608 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18614 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18617 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18625 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18628 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18636 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18639 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18656 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18667 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18687 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18698 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18701 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18718 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18721 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18729 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18732 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18738 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18749 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18780 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18783 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18791 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18794 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18800 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18811 <cell alignment="left" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18822 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" usebox="none">
18825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18831 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18834 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18841 <row endlastfoot="true">
18842 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="block" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18853 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" usebox="none">
18856 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18862 <cell multicolumn="2" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18879 \begin_layout Subsection
18884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18891 \begin_inset CommandInset label
18893 name "sub:Table-Cells"
18900 \begin_layout Standard
18901 A table cell can contain text, inline equations, a figure, or another table.
18902 All these kinds of objects can be placed in the same cell.
18903 Font sizes and shapes can also be altered.
18904 But you can't put a special environment in a cell (like
18908 , etc.), nor set spacing options etc.
18909 for the cell's paragraph.
18912 \begin_layout Standard
18913 To have multi-line entries in table cells, you have to declare a fixed width
18914 for the column in the table dialog.
18915 Your text is then automatically split into multiple lines and the cell
18916 is enlarged vertically when the length of the text exceeds the given width.
18920 \begin_layout Standard
18922 \begin_inset Tabular
18923 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="4" columns="3">
18925 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18926 <column alignment="block" valignment="top" width="3cm">
18927 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
18929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18947 <cell multicolumn="1" alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18965 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
18968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
18985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
18988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19003 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19016 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19021 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19041 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19044 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19059 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19062 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19072 This is longer now.
19077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19115 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19118 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19128 This is a multiline entry in a table.
19129 This is longer now.
19134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19160 \begin_layout Standard
19161 Cutting and pasting between tables and table cells works reasonably well.
19162 You can cut and paste even more than one row.
19163 Selection with the mouse or with
19167 plus the arrow keys works as usual.
19168 You can also copy and paste the entire table as a single unit by starting
19169 the selection from outside the table.
19172 \begin_layout Section
19177 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19184 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19193 \begin_layout Standard
19194 A float is a block of text associated with some sort of label, which doesn't
19195 have a fixed location.
19197 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19201 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19204 forward or backward a page or two, to wherever it fits best.
19212 \begin_inset space ~
19217 are also floats, because they can float to the next page when there are
19218 too much notes at the page.
19221 \begin_layout Standard
19222 Floats makes it possible to get a high quality layout.
19223 Images and tables can evenly be spread to the pages to avoid whitespace
19224 and pages without text.
19225 As the floating often destroys the context between the text and the image/table
19226 , every float can be referenced in the text.
19227 Floats are therefore numbered.
19228 Referencing is described in section
19229 \begin_inset space ~
19233 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19235 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19242 \begin_layout Standard
19243 To insert a float, use the menu
19245 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19249 A box with a caption that has e.
19250 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
19254 \begin_inset space ~
19258 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19262 \begin_inset space ~
19266 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19269 (# is the actual number) will be inserted into your document.
19270 The label will automatically be translated to the document language in
19272 Behind the label you can insert the caption text.
19276 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19282 The image or table is inserted above or below the caption in a separate
19283 paragraph within the float.
19284 To keep your LyX-document readable, you can open and close the float box
19285 by left-clicking on the box label.
19286 A closed float box looks like this:
19287 \begin_inset Graphics
19288 filename clipart/floatQt4.png
19293 -- a gray button with a red label.
19296 \begin_layout Standard
19297 It is recommended to insert floats as a separate paragraph to avoid possible
19298 LaTeX-errors that can occur when the surrounding text is specially formatted.
19301 \begin_layout Subsection
19305 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19310 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19311 Floats ! Figure floats
19317 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19319 name "sec:Figure-Floats"
19326 \begin_layout Standard
19329 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19330 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19333 inserts a float with the label
19334 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19340 \begin_inset space ~
19346 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19350 Set the cursor above this label (or before it and press enter) and insert
19351 the image as described above to get the caption printed below the image.
19352 This is what we did for Figure
19353 \begin_inset space ~
19357 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19359 reference "cap:Platypus"
19364 If you want the caption to be above the image, set the cursor at the end
19365 of the caption, press enter and insert the image.
19366 This was done in Figure
19367 \begin_inset space ~
19371 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19373 reference "cap:Escher"
19380 \begin_layout Standard
19381 \begin_inset Float figure
19386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19388 \begin_inset Graphics
19389 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19391 rotateOrigin center
19398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19399 \begin_inset Caption
19401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19402 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19404 name "cap:Platypus"
19408 A severely distorted platypus in a float.
19421 \begin_layout Standard
19422 \begin_inset Float figure
19427 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19428 \begin_inset Caption
19430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19431 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19446 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19448 \begin_inset Graphics
19449 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19451 rotateOrigin center
19463 \begin_layout Standard
19464 This figure float show also how to set a label and create a cross-reference
19466 As described in section
19467 \begin_inset space ~
19471 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19473 reference "sec:Cross-References"
19477 , you can simply insert a label in the caption using the menu
19479 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19482 and refer to it using the menu
19484 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19488 It is important to use references to figure floats, rather than using vague
19490 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19494 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19497 , because as LaTeX will reposition the floats in the final document; it
19499 \begin_inset Quotes eld
19503 \begin_inset Quotes erd
19509 \begin_layout Standard
19510 Normally only one image is inserted to a figure float, but sometimes you
19511 might want to use two images with separate subcaptions.
19512 This can be done by inserting image floats into existing image floats.
19513 Note that only the main caption of the float is added to the List of Figures.
19515 \begin_inset space ~
19519 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19521 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19525 is an example of a figure float with two images set side by side.
19526 You can also set the images one below the other.
19528 \begin_inset space ~
19532 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19534 reference "fig:Undefinable"
19539 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19541 reference "fig:Platypus"
19545 are the subfigures.
19548 \begin_layout Standard
19549 \begin_inset Float figure
19554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19555 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19559 \begin_inset Float figure
19564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19565 \begin_inset Caption
19567 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19568 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19570 name "fig:Undefinable"
19582 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19583 \begin_inset Graphics
19584 filename clipart/escher-lsd.eps
19595 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19599 \begin_inset Float figure
19604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19605 \begin_inset Caption
19607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19608 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19610 name "fig:Platypus"
19622 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19623 \begin_inset Graphics
19624 filename clipart/platypus.eps
19636 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
19642 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19643 \begin_inset Caption
19645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19646 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19648 name "cap:Two-distorted-images"
19652 Two distorted images.
19665 \begin_layout Standard
19666 Note that the caption is added to the
19669 \begin_inset space ~
19673 \begin_inset space ~
19678 as described in section
19679 \begin_inset space ~
19683 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19685 reference "sub:List-of-Figures"
19692 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19698 Floats ! Table floats
19704 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19706 name "sec:Table-Floats"
19713 \begin_layout Standard
19714 Table floats can be inserted using the menu
19716 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19717 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19721 They have the same properties as figure floats except of the different
19724 \begin_inset space ~
19728 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19730 reference "cap:Table-float"
19734 is an example of a table float.
19737 \begin_layout Standard
19738 \begin_inset Float table
19743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19744 \begin_inset Caption
19746 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19747 \begin_inset CommandInset label
19749 name "cap:Table-float"
19761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19763 \begin_inset Tabular
19764 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="3" columns="3">
19766 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19767 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19768 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
19770 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19773 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19788 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19791 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19806 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19809 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19826 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19829 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19862 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19865 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19895 \begin_inset Formula $\int x^{2}dx$
19903 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
19906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19916 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
19918 c & d\end{array}\right]$
19926 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
19929 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19939 \begin_inset Formula $1+1=2$
19960 \begin_layout Subsubsection
19965 \begin_layout Plain Layout
19966 Floats ! Algorithm floats
19974 \begin_layout Standard
19975 This float type is inserted with the menu
19977 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19978 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
19982 It is used for program codes and descriptions of algorithms.
19983 A possible environment for algorithms is the
19987 , described in section
19988 \begin_inset space ~
19992 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
19994 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
20001 \begin_layout Standard
20002 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20010 that the float label is not automatically translated into the document
20016 You have to do this manually by adding the following line
20019 \begin_layout Standard
20024 floatname{algorithm}{your
20025 \begin_inset space ~
20031 \begin_layout Standard
20032 to the document preamble (menu
20034 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20041 \begin_inset space ~
20047 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20055 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20061 \begin_layout Subsubsection
20066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20067 Floats ! Text Wrap Floats
20073 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20075 name "sec:Wrap-Floats"
20082 \begin_layout Standard
20083 \begin_inset Wrap figure
20090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20091 \begin_inset Graphics
20092 filename clipart/mobius.eps
20094 rotateOrigin center
20101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20102 \begin_inset Caption
20104 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20105 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20107 name "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20111 This is a wrapped figure.
20112 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20125 This float type is used if you want to
20126 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20130 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20133 text around a figure so that it only occupies some fraction of the column
20135 It can be inserted using the menu
20137 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20138 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20140 \begin_inset space ~
20145 if the LaTeX-package
20153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20154 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
20163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20164 Installing a LaTeX-package is explained it in the
20167 \begin_inset space ~
20177 The width and placement of the float is adjusted by right-clicking on the
20180 \begin_inset space ~
20184 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20186 reference "cap:Wrapped-figure"
20190 is for example a figure wrap float with a width of 40
20191 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20199 Available units are explained in Appendix
20200 \begin_inset space ~
20204 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20206 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
20215 Some space was added under the caption to separate it better from the surroundi
20219 \begin_layout Standard
20220 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20228 Wrap floats might be fragile! E.g.
20229 having a figure too close to the bottom of the page can mess things up
20230 in the way that the float doesn't appear in the output or that it is placed
20231 over some other text.
20239 \begin_layout Itemize
20240 Wrap floats should not be placed in paragraphs that run over a page break.
20241 That means that wrap floats should better be inserted to the exact place
20242 when the document is nearly ready and you are able to estimate where page
20243 breaks will appear.
20246 \begin_layout Itemize
20247 Wrap floats should either be placed in an own paragraph before the paragraph
20248 where they should wrap into or within a paragraph.
20251 \begin_layout Itemize
20252 Wrap floats in consecutive paragraphs may cause troubles, so assure that
20253 there is a text paragraph between them as separator.
20256 \begin_layout Itemize
20257 Wrap floats are not allowed in section headings or tables.
20260 \begin_layout Subsection
20262 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20264 name "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20281 \begin_layout Standard
20282 Especially for wide tables you might have floats rotated.
20283 To rotate a whole float including the caption, right-click on the float-box
20287 \begin_inset space ~
20295 \begin_layout Standard
20296 Rotated floats are always placed on its own page (or column, in case you
20297 have a multi-column document).
20298 You can let them span several columns using the float settings option
20301 \begin_inset space ~
20307 Floats are rotated so that you can read them from the outside margin.
20308 Forcing the rotation direction is explained in the
20315 \begin_layout Standard
20316 Referencing rotated floats is the same like for normal floats, the caption
20317 format is also the same: Table
20318 \begin_inset space ~
20322 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20324 reference "cap:Rotated-table"
20328 is an example of a rotated table float.
20331 \begin_layout Standard
20332 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
20335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20340 Not all DVI-viewers are able to display rotated floats.
20348 \begin_layout Standard
20349 \begin_inset Float table
20354 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20355 \begin_inset Caption
20357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20358 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20360 name "cap:Rotated-table"
20372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20374 \begin_inset Tabular
20375 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="5">
20377 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20378 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20379 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20380 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20381 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
20383 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20386 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20401 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20404 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
20413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20419 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
20422 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20441 \begin_layout Subsection
20443 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20445 name "sub:Float-Placement"
20453 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20462 \begin_layout Standard
20463 Right-clicking on a float-box opens a dialog where you can alter the placement
20464 options that LaTeX uses for positioning the float.
20465 \begin_inset Newline newline
20471 \begin_inset space ~
20476 is only useful for two-column documents: If you select it, the float will
20477 span across both columns on the page instead of being confined to just
20479 \begin_inset Newline newline
20485 \begin_inset space ~
20490 is used to rotate floats, see section
20491 \begin_inset space ~
20495 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20497 reference "sub:Rotated-Floats"
20504 \begin_layout Standard
20505 You can use one ore more of the following options in the float dialog to
20506 set the placement for a particular float when you uncheck the option
20509 \begin_inset space ~
20513 \begin_inset space ~
20521 \begin_layout Description
20523 \begin_inset space ~
20527 \begin_inset space ~
20530 possible: try to place the float on the position where it is inserted
20533 \begin_layout Description
20535 \begin_inset space ~
20539 \begin_inset space ~
20542 page: try to place the float on the top of the current page
20545 \begin_layout Description
20547 \begin_inset space ~
20551 \begin_inset space ~
20554 page: try to place the float on the bottom of the current page
20557 \begin_layout Description
20559 \begin_inset space ~
20563 \begin_inset space ~
20566 floats: try to place the float on an own page
20569 \begin_layout Standard
20570 The order of the above option is
20575 That means, if you use the default placement, LaTeX will first try out
20579 \begin_inset space ~
20583 \begin_inset space ~
20591 \begin_inset space ~
20595 \begin_inset space ~
20600 , and then the others.
20601 If you don't use the default, LaTeX will try only the checked options but
20603 If none of the 4 placements are possible the procedure is internally repeated
20604 but it is tried to put the float on the following page.
20607 \begin_layout Standard
20608 By default, each options has its own rules:
20611 \begin_layout Standard
20615 \begin_inset space ~
20619 \begin_inset space ~
20624 only floats occupying less than 70
20625 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20628 % of the page can be placed at the top of a page
20631 \begin_layout Standard
20635 \begin_inset space ~
20639 \begin_inset space ~
20644 : only floats occupying less than 30
20645 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20648 % of the page can be placed at the bottom of a page.
20651 \begin_layout Standard
20655 \begin_inset space ~
20659 \begin_inset space ~
20664 : only if more than 50
20665 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
20668 % of the page are occupied by floats, several floats can be set together
20672 \begin_layout Standard
20673 If you don't like these rules, you can ignore them by using the additional
20677 \begin_inset space ~
20681 \begin_inset space ~
20689 \begin_layout Standard
20690 Sometimes you might need, under all circumstances, a float to be placed
20691 exactly at the position where it is inserted.
20692 For this case you can use the option
20695 \begin_inset space ~
20701 Use this option very rarely and only if the document is nearly ready to
20703 Because the float is then no longer able to
20704 \begin_inset Quotes eld
20708 \begin_inset Quotes erd
20711 when you change your document and this will often destroy the page layout.
20714 \begin_layout Standard
20715 There are no placement options for text wrap floats, because they are always
20716 surrounded by the text of a certain paragraph.
20719 \begin_layout Standard
20720 For more details about float placements, have a look at LaTeX books like
20722 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
20724 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
20731 \begin_layout Section
20736 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20743 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20745 name "sec:Minipages"
20752 \begin_layout Standard
20753 LaTeX provides a mechanism to produce essentially a page within a page,
20755 Within a minipage, all the usual rules of indentation, line wrapping, etc.
20756 \begin_inset space ~
20763 \begin_layout Standard
20764 Minipages in LyX have their own collapsible box inserted via the menu
20766 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20770 Right-clicking on the box allows you to alter the width of the minipage
20771 and its alignment within the page.
20774 \begin_layout Standard
20776 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20785 height_special "totalheight"
20788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20791 This is a minipage.
20792 The text is set in an italic style.
20795 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20798 Minipages are often used for text in another language or text that needs
20799 another formatting.
20807 \begin_layout Standard
20808 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20811 If you place two minipages side-by-side, you can use
20815 as described in section
20816 \begin_inset space ~
20820 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
20822 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
20827 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
20833 \begin_layout Standard
20834 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20843 height_special "totalheight"
20846 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20847 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20848 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20854 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
20858 \begin_inset Box Frameless
20867 height_special "totalheight"
20870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20871 This is a minipage with some stupid dummy text.
20872 This dummy text is used to increase the size of the minipage.
20880 \begin_layout Standard
20881 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
20887 \begin_layout Standard
20888 When you right-click on a minipage box, you can change the box from a minipage
20889 to other box types.
20890 All box types and their settings are explained in detail in chapter
20901 \begin_layout Chapter
20902 Mathematical Formulas
20906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20916 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20945 \begin_inset CommandInset label
20947 name "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
20954 \begin_layout Standard
20955 The issues of this chapter are described in detail in the
20960 There you'll also find tips and tricks for special cases.
20963 \begin_layout Section
20968 \begin_layout Plain Layout
20977 \begin_layout Standard
20978 To create a math formula, you can just click on the toolbar icon
20979 \begin_inset Graphics
20980 filename ../images/math-mode.png
20985 That will create a little blue rectangle, with purple markers around its
20987 That blue rectangle is the formula itself; the purple markers indicate
20988 what level of nesting within the formula you are at.
20989 You can also choose a particular formula type to insert via the
20991 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
20997 \begin_layout Standard
20998 Editing the parameters of a formula and adding math constructs can be done
21002 \begin_inset space ~
21007 , that appears when the cursor is in a formula.
21010 \begin_layout Standard
21011 There are two main types of formulas: Inline formulas appear within a text
21012 line, like this one:
21015 \begin_layout Standard
21016 This is a line with an inline formula
21017 \begin_inset Formula $A=B$
21023 \begin_layout Standard
21024 Displayed formulas appear outside the text like as they were in an own paragraph
21026 \begin_inset Formula \[
21031 You can only number and reference displayed formulas.
21034 \begin_layout Standard
21035 LyX supports also many LaTeX math commands.
21038 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21048 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21051 , followed by a space, in a formula will create the Greek letter
21052 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha$
21056 So typing commands might sometimes be faster than using the
21059 \begin_inset space ~
21067 \begin_layout Subsection
21068 Navigating in Formulas
21072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21081 \begin_layout Standard
21082 The best control over the cursor position within an existing formula is
21083 achieved with the arrow keys.
21084 LyX uses small rectangles to indicate places where something can be inserted.
21085 The arrow keys can be used to navigate between parts of a formula.
21090 will leave a formula construct (a square root
21091 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2}$
21095 \begin_inset Formula $\left(f\right)$
21099 \begin_inset Formula $\left[\begin{array}{cc}
21101 3 & 4\end{array}\right]$
21109 will leave the formula, placing the cursor after the formula.
21114 can be used to move horizontally in a formula; for example, through the
21115 cells of a matrix or the positions in a multi-line equation.
21118 \begin_layout Standard
21123 , printed in this document as
21124 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21131 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21141 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21145 \begin_inset Note Note
21148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21149 This command will appear in the output as official character denoting the
21150 space character (visible space).
21155 , seems to do nothing in a formula, since it does not add a space between
21156 characters, but it does exit a nested structure.
21157 For this reason, you have to be careful about using
21162 For example, if you want
21163 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x+1}$
21174 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21217 , since in the latter case only the
21220 \begin_inset Formula $2x$
21225 will be under the square root sign:
21226 \begin_inset Formula $\sqrt{2x}+1$
21232 \begin_layout Standard
21233 You can leave many parts of a formula, like this matrix, partially filled
21235 \begin_inset Formula \[
21236 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
21239 & & \lambda_{n}\end{array}\right)\]
21243 If you leave a fraction only partially filled in, or a subscript with nothing
21244 in it, the results will be unpredictable, but most constructs don't mind.
21247 \begin_layout Subsection
21251 \begin_layout Standard
21252 You can select text within a formula in two different ways.
21253 Place the cursor at one end of the string of text you want, and press
21257 and a cursor movement key to select text.
21258 It will be highlighted as with regular text selection.
21259 Alternatively, you can select text with the mouse in the usual way.
21260 That text can then be cut or copied, and then pasted within any formula,
21261 but not in a normal text region in LyX.
21264 \begin_layout Subsection
21265 Exponents and Subscripts
21269 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21279 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21288 \begin_layout Standard
21289 You can use the math panel to add super- or subscripts, but the much easier
21290 way is to use a command.
21292 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}$
21295 , type in a formula
21301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21317 puts the cursor back down on the base line of the expression.
21323 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2y}$
21327 \begin_inset Formula $x^{2}y$
21336 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21348 If you use characters in the superscript, that could be accented with the
21350 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21354 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21357 , you have to use an extra
21361 to separate the hat and the character.
21364 \begin_inset Formula $x^{a}$
21373 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21385 Subscripts are similar: To get
21386 \begin_inset Formula $a_{1}$
21395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21409 \begin_layout Subsection
21414 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21423 \begin_layout Standard
21424 Create a fraction with either the command
21431 \begin_inset Graphics
21432 filename ../images/math/frac.png
21440 \begin_inset space ~
21446 You will be presented with an empty fraction.
21447 The cursor is above the fraction line.
21448 To move it to the bottom, simply press
21453 To move back up, press
21458 Any math structure can be placed in a fraction, as this example shows:
21459 \begin_inset Formula \[
21460 \left[\frac{1}{\left(\begin{array}{cc}
21462 4 & 5\end{array}\right)}\right]\]
21469 \begin_layout Subsection
21474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21483 \begin_layout Standard
21484 Roots can be created using the
21487 \begin_inset space ~
21493 \begin_inset Graphics
21494 filename ../images/math/sqrt.png
21517 you can produce roots of higher orders, like cube roots, while
21523 produces always a square root.
21526 \begin_layout Subsection
21527 Operators with Limits
21531 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21548 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21550 name "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21557 \begin_layout Standard
21559 \begin_inset Formula $\sum$
21563 \begin_inset Formula $\int$
21566 ) operators are very often decorated with limits.
21567 These limits can be entered in LyX by entering them as you would enter
21568 a super- or subscript, directly after the symbol.
21569 The sum operator will automatically place its
21570 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21574 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21577 over and under the symbol in displayed formulas, and on the side in inline
21580 \begin_inset Formula $\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e$
21584 \begin_inset Formula \[
21585 \sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}=e\]
21589 Integral signs, however, will place the limits on the side in both formula
21593 \begin_layout Standard
21594 All operators with limits will be automatically re-sized when placed in
21596 The placement of the limits can be changed by placing the cursor directly
21597 behind the operator and hitting
21603 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21604 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
21606 \begin_inset space ~
21610 \begin_inset space ~
21618 \begin_layout Standard
21619 Certain other mathematical expressions have this
21620 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21624 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21627 feature as addition, such as
21631 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21638 \begin_inset Formula \[
21639 \lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x),\]
21643 which will place the
21644 \begin_inset Formula $x\rightarrow\infty$
21648 \begin_inset Quotes eld
21652 \begin_inset Quotes erd
21656 In inline formulas it looks like this:
21657 \begin_inset Formula $\lim_{x\rightarrow\infty}f(x)$
21663 \begin_layout Standard
21664 Note that the lim-function was entered as the function macro
21671 Have a look at section
21672 \begin_inset space ~
21676 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21678 reference "sub:Functions"
21682 for an explanation of function macros.
21685 \begin_layout Subsection
21690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21699 \begin_layout Standard
21700 Most math symbols can be found in the
21703 \begin_inset space ~
21708 under one of several categories; including
21725 There are also the additional symbols provided by the American Mathematical
21729 \begin_layout Standard
21730 If you know the LaTeX-command for a construct or symbol you wish to use,
21731 you don't have to use the
21734 \begin_inset space ~
21739 , but can type the command directly into the formula.
21740 LyX will convert it to the corresponding symbol or construct.
21743 \begin_layout Subsection
21748 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21755 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21757 name "sub:Altering-Spacing"
21764 \begin_layout Standard
21765 You may want to create spaces that differs from the standard spacing that
21774 \begin_inset space ~
21780 \begin_inset Graphics
21781 filename ../images/math/space.png
21786 This generates a small space, and shows a small marker on the screen.
21787 Here a example for the sequence
21792 \begin_inset Formula $a\, b$
21796 \begin_inset Graphics
21797 filename clipart/SpaceMarker.png
21802 You can change the space to different sizes when you set the cursor behind
21803 the space marker and hit space again several times.
21804 With every space hit the size will be changed.
21805 Some markers for the space size appear red in LyX, because they are a negative
21810 \begin_layout Standard
21820 \begin_inset Formula $a\quad b$
21826 \begin_layout Standard
21836 \begin_inset Formula $a\! b$
21842 \begin_layout Subsection
21847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21854 \begin_inset CommandInset label
21856 name "sub:Functions"
21863 \begin_layout Standard
21867 \begin_inset space ~
21872 contains under the button
21873 \begin_inset Graphics
21874 filename ../images/math/functions.png
21878 a number of functions, such as
21879 \begin_inset Formula $\sin$
21883 \begin_inset Formula $\lim$
21891 (you can also insert them in a formula by typing
21898 Standard mathematical practice is, that functions are printed upright to
21899 avoid confusions, because
21900 \begin_inset Formula $sin$
21904 \begin_inset Formula $s·i·n$
21910 \begin_layout Standard
21911 Using the function macros will also produce correct spacing around the function:
21913 \begin_inset Formula $a\sin x$
21917 \begin_inset Formula $asinx$
21923 \begin_layout Standard
21924 For some mathematical objects, like the limes, the macro changes the way
21925 that subscripts are placed, like described in section
21926 \begin_inset space ~
21930 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21932 reference "sub:Operators-with-Limits"
21939 \begin_layout Subsection
21944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21953 \begin_layout Standard
21954 In a formula you can insert accented characters in the same way as in text
21956 This may depend on your keyboard, or the bindings file you use.
21957 You can also use LaTeX commands to e.g.
21959 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
21962 even if your keyboard doesn't have hat-accents enabled.
21963 Our example is entered by typing
21971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
21984 \begin_inset space ~
21988 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
21990 reference "cap:Accent-names-and"
21994 shows the equivalences between the accent names and the commands.
21997 \begin_layout Standard
21998 \begin_inset Float table
22003 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22004 \begin_inset Caption
22006 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22007 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22009 name "cap:Accent-names-and"
22013 Accent names and the corresponding commands.
22021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22023 \begin_inset Tabular
22024 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="11" columns="3">
22026 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22027 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22028 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
22030 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22033 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22048 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22068 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22086 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22099 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22102 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22112 \begin_inset Formula $\hat{a}$
22122 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22125 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22153 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22156 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22166 \begin_inset Formula $\grave{a}$
22176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22194 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22197 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22207 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22220 \begin_inset Formula $\acute{a}$
22230 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22233 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22248 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22251 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22274 \begin_inset Formula $\ddot{a}$
22284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22302 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22305 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22328 \begin_inset Formula $\tilde{a}$
22338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22356 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22382 \begin_inset Formula $\dot{a}$
22392 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22395 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22410 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22413 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22423 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22436 \begin_inset Formula $\breve{a}$
22446 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22449 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22464 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22467 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22477 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22480 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22490 \begin_inset Formula $\check{a}$
22500 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22503 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22518 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22521 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22531 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22534 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22544 \begin_inset Formula $\bar{a}$
22554 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22557 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
22566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22576 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
22579 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22589 \begin_inset Formula $\vec{a}$
22610 \begin_layout Standard
22611 You can choose one of the accents by selecting an item from the
22614 \begin_inset space ~
22620 \begin_inset Graphics
22621 filename ../images/math/hat.png
22625 in the math panel ; this will apply to any selection you have made within
22629 \begin_layout Section
22630 Brackets and Delimiters
22634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22651 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22653 name "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22660 \begin_layout Standard
22661 There are several brackets available through LyX.
22662 For most purposes, using just the keys
22667 But if you want to surround a large structure, like a matrix or a fraction,
22668 or if you have several layers of brackets, is better using
22671 \begin_inset space ~
22677 \begin_inset Graphics
22678 filename ../images/math/delim.png
22683 For example, that's how you would construct the brackets around a standard
22685 \begin_inset Formula \[
22686 \left[\begin{array}{cc}
22688 3 & 4\end{array}\right]\]
22692 and to make it easier to see the layers of parentheses as in:
22693 \begin_inset Formula \[
22694 \frac{1}{\left(1+\left(\frac{1}{1+\left(\frac{1}{1+x}\right)}\right)\right)}\]
22701 \begin_layout Standard
22702 The parentheses, and other brackets from that menu will automatically re-size
22703 to accommodate the size of what is inside.
22706 \begin_layout Standard
22707 To construct brackets click on the button for the bracket you want on the
22708 left side and right side.
22709 If you use the option
22712 \begin_inset space ~
22717 , the selected bracket type will be used for the left and the right side.
22718 The selection will be shown below the button field.
22719 If you want one side to not have a bracket, use the blank button.
22720 It will appear in LyX with a dotted line, but nothing will be printed.
22723 \begin_layout Standard
22724 If you want to place brackets around math structures, like a square root,
22725 you can do that by highlighting (selecting) the structure that is to go
22726 inside the brackets.
22727 Then choose the appropriate brackets for left and right and click on
22732 The parentheses will be drawn around the selected structure.
22735 \begin_layout Standard
22736 The next section explains how to insert a LaTeX
22737 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22741 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22747 \begin_layout Section
22752 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22759 \begin_inset CommandInset label
22761 name "sec:Grouping"
22768 \begin_layout Standard
22769 You may need to group a set of symbols.
22770 In LaTeX, for example, the typesetting of
22781 \begin_layout Standard
22782 \begin_inset Formula \[
22783 {x^{y}}^{z}\quad\mathrm{differs\; from}\quad x^{y^{z}}\]
22790 \begin_layout Standard
22791 To create this grouping, you need to use the key sequence
22792 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22802 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22806 Inside LyX, you will see red braces indicating the grouping.
22807 Within this braces you insert the grouped structure.
22808 The grouping braces won't appear in the output in contrary to normal braces.
22811 \begin_layout Section
22812 Arrays and Multi-line Equations
22816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22826 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
22837 Math ! Multi-line Equations
22845 \begin_layout Standard
22846 Matrices are entered in LyX using the
22849 \begin_inset space ~
22855 \begin_inset Graphics
22856 filename ../images/math/matrix.png
22861 It will open a dialog for you to choose the number of rows/columns.
22862 Here is an example:
22863 \begin_inset Formula \[
22864 \left(\begin{array}{ccc}
22867 7 & 8 & 9\end{array}\right)\]
22871 The parentheses aren't automatic, but you can add them as described in section
22872 \begin_inset space ~
22876 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
22878 reference "sec:Brackets-and-Delimiters"
22883 When you construct the matrix, you can decide whether the column entries
22884 will be left-, right-, or center-justified.
22885 This alignment is set in the box
22890 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22898 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22902 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22910 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22927 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22935 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22938 for every column as default.
22939 For example, the sequence
22940 \begin_inset Quotes eld
22948 \begin_inset Quotes erd
22951 means that the first column will be left-justified, the second will be
22952 centered, and the third column will be right-justified, because each letter
22953 corresponds to the relevant column.
22954 The result will look like this:
22955 \begin_inset Formula \[
22957 this & this\, column & this\, column\\
22958 column & has & has\, right\\
22959 has\, left\, alignment & center\, alignment & alignment\end{array}.\]
22966 \begin_layout Standard
22967 You can add more rows to an existing matrix by hitting
22971 while the cursor is in the matrix.
22972 Adding or deleting columns can be done via the menu
22974 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22980 \begin_layout Standard
22981 There are other arrays used in formulas, such as distinctions of cases.
22982 It can be created with the menu
22984 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22985 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
22987 \begin_inset space ~
23000 \begin_inset Formula \[
23004 1 & x>0\end{cases}\]
23011 \begin_layout Standard
23012 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23015 Multi-line formulas are created when you press
23023 In an empty formula you can see that three blue boxes appear, one for each
23032 in a non-empty formula, the part before the relation sign (equal sign
23033 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23037 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23040 etc.) will be inserted automatically to the first column, the relation sign
23041 is in the second column, and the rest in the third column.
23042 A new row is created by every further hit of
23050 Multi-line formulas are always displayed formulas.
23051 Here is an example:
23052 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23053 a^{2} & = & (b^{2}+c^{2})(b^{2}-c^{2})\nonumber \\
23054 a & = & \sqrt{b^{4}-c^{4}}\label{eq:asquared}\end{eqnarray}
23058 To change the column assignment of the formula parts, place the cursor
23059 where you want to start the shift and hit
23064 It shifts everything in the column which is right beside the current cursor
23065 position to the next column.
23066 Note that the middle column is designed for relation signs, structures
23067 within this column will be printed in a smaller size:
23068 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray*}
23069 \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B} & \frac{A}{B}\end{eqnarray*}
23076 \begin_layout Standard
23077 The multi-line formula type described here is called
23084 There are other multi-line types being more suitable for certain situations,
23085 for example if you want a better inter-line spacing than in formula (
23086 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23088 reference "eq:asquared"
23093 The other types are described in section
23094 \begin_inset space ~
23098 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23100 reference "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
23107 \begin_layout Section
23108 Formula Numbering and Referencing
23112 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23113 Math ! Formula numbering
23122 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23123 Math ! Referencing formulas
23129 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23131 name "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
23138 \begin_layout Standard
23139 To number a formula, set the cursor in the formula and use the menu
23141 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23142 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23144 \begin_inset space ~
23152 \begin_inset space ~
23158 The formula number appears in LyX as
23159 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23163 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23166 within parentheses.
23168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23172 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23175 denotes, that the number will be calculated automatically when the output
23177 The placement and format of the formula number in the output depends on
23178 the document class.
23179 In this document the number is printed together with the chapter number,
23180 separated by a dot:
23181 \begin_inset Formula \begin{equation}
23182 1+1=2\end{equation}
23189 \begin_inset space ~
23194 in a numbered formula will switch off the numbering.
23195 You can only number displayed formulas.
23198 \begin_layout Standard
23199 Multi-line formulas can be numbered line by line: Using the menu
23201 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23202 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23204 \begin_inset space ~
23208 \begin_inset space ~
23212 \begin_inset space ~
23220 \begin_inset space ~
23225 will only toggle the numbering of the line where the cursor is in:
23226 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23228 2 & = & 4-2\nonumber \\
23229 4 & \leq & 7\end{eqnarray}
23233 To number all lines use the shortcut
23236 \begin_inset space ~
23244 \begin_layout Standard
23245 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
23248 Every displayed formula can be referenced by its number using a label.
23249 A label is inserted with the menu
23251 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23254 when the cursor is in the formula.
23255 This opens a dialog to enter the label.
23256 It is recommended to use the proposed
23257 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23265 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23268 as first part of the label, because this helps later to identify the label
23269 type when you have many labels in your document.
23270 We inserted in the following example the label
23271 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23275 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23278 in the second line:
23279 \begin_inset Formula \begin{eqnarray}
23280 \tanh(x) & = & \frac{\sinh(x)}{\cosh(x)}\nonumber \\
23281 & = & \frac{\mathrm{e}^{2x}-1}{\mathrm{e}^{2x}+1}\label{eq:tanhExp}\end{eqnarray}
23285 Every labeled line is automatically numbered.
23286 Therefore the label is shown in LyX at the place of the formula number
23288 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23292 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23296 You can reference a labeled formula using the menu
23298 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23300 \begin_inset space ~
23306 A dialog appears to choose a label you want refer to.
23307 The reference appears in LyX as grey cross reference box and in the output
23308 as the formula number:
23311 \begin_layout Standard
23312 This is a cross-reference to equation (
23313 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23315 reference "eq:tanhExp"
23322 \begin_layout Standard
23323 The properties of LyX's cross-reference box are described in section
23324 \begin_inset space ~
23328 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23330 reference "sec:Cross-References"
23335 To delete a label, set the cursor in the labeled formula, use the menu
23338 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
23341 and delete the label in the appearing dialog.
23345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23346 This is a unintuitive and will be fixed in the next version of LyX.
23354 \begin_layout Section
23355 User defined math macros
23359 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23366 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23368 name "sec:math-macros"
23375 \begin_layout Standard
23376 LyX allows you to define macros for formulas.
23377 For example we assume that solutions of the quadratic equation often occur
23378 in our document in various forms and we want to create a macro to print
23380 \begin_inset Newline newline
23383 The general form of a quadratic equation is:
23384 \begin_inset Formula \[
23385 0=\lambda^{2}+p\lambda+q\]
23389 The general form of its solution is:
23390 \begin_inset Formula \[
23391 \lambda_{1,2}=-\frac{p}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{p²}{4}-q}\]
23398 \begin_layout Standard
23399 The macro should print the parameters
23400 \begin_inset Formula $\lambda$
23404 \begin_inset Formula $p$
23408 \begin_inset Formula $q$
23411 like in the equation above.
23414 \begin_layout Standard
23415 A macro is created by executing the command
23418 \begin_layout Standard
23425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23438 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23448 \begin_inset space ~
23452 \begin_inset space ~
23458 \begin_layout Standard
23459 in the minibuffer at the bottom of the LyX screen.
23460 Name is the name of the new macro which mustn't contain numbers.
23461 The number of arguments can be a number in the range 1-9.
23462 If you want to define a macro without arguments, don't declare the number
23466 \begin_layout Standard
23467 We have three arguments and name the macro
23468 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23472 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23475 , so that the command is:
23478 \begin_layout Standard
23485 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23498 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23510 \begin_layout Standard
23511 This results in the following macro definition box:
23512 \begin_inset Graphics
23513 filename clipart/macrobox.png
23518 \begin_inset FormulaMacro
23519 \newcommand{\qE}[3]{#1_{1,\,2}=-\frac{#2}{2}\pm\sqrt{\frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23520 {\textrm{qE: }#1\textrm{ , }#2\textrm{ , }#3}
23524 \begin_inset Note Note
23527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23528 The first box is an image to show the behavior in the output.
23529 The second one is the definition box, that doesn't appear in the output.
23537 \begin_layout Standard
23538 The first blue box is for the definition, where you insert the formula via
23539 the math panel or commands.
23540 The placeholder for the arguments are inserted as a backslash and sharp
23541 followed by the argument number, e.g.
23543 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23549 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23552 for the first argument.
23553 Placeholders will be displayed in red.
23554 The second blue box is for the appearance in LyX.
23555 This is useful when you have a large structure that shouldn't be displayed
23556 in LyX with its full size.
23557 If you want to see the macro as it is defined, leave the box blank.
23558 In our example we insert the sequence
23559 \begin_inset Newline newline
23587 \begin_inset Newline newline
23592 The macro will then be shown as the macro name followed by the three arguments.
23595 \begin_layout Standard
23596 To use the macro in a formula, type its name as command, in our case
23597 \begin_inset Quotes eld
23607 \begin_inset Quotes erd
23611 The macro is inserted with boxes for the arguments looking similar to this:
23614 \begin_layout Standard
23616 \begin_inset Graphics
23617 filename clipart/macrouse.png
23624 \begin_layout Standard
23625 The arguments are inserted in the blue boxes.
23626 If the cursor is outside the macro, the arguments are put in the macro.
23627 To change the arguments, put the cursor in the formula before or after
23628 the macro and press the right or left arrow key respectively.
23629 The arguments appear now again below the macro definition.
23632 \begin_layout Standard
23633 If you change the macro definition all macros are changed automatically
23634 to the new definition.
23635 Here an example of our macro with the arguments
23636 \begin_inset Formula $x$
23640 \begin_inset Formula $\ln(x)$
23644 \begin_inset Formula $B$
23648 \begin_inset Formula \[
23656 \begin_layout Standard
23657 When the document is exported to LaTeX, the macro definition will be inserted
23661 \begin_layout Standard
23675 \begin_inset Newline newline
23682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23708 frac{#2^{2}}{4}-#3}}
23711 \begin_layout Standard
23712 The command is not inserted in the document preamble.
23713 That means you can only use macros in formulas that are below the macro
23714 definition box in your document.
23715 There are also some other restrictions: The command
23717 newcommand supports optional arguments, which are not available in LyX's
23719 You can also not change subsequently the name of the macro and the number
23724 \begin_layout Section
23728 \begin_layout Subsection
23733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23742 \begin_layout Standard
23743 The standard font for text is italic, for numbers the standard is roman.
23744 To set a font in a formula, use the
23747 \begin_inset space ~
23753 \begin_inset Graphics
23754 filename ../images/math/font.png
23758 , or enter its command, listed in table
23759 \begin_inset space ~
23763 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
23765 reference "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23772 \begin_layout Standard
23773 \begin_inset Float table
23778 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23779 \begin_inset Caption
23781 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23782 \begin_inset CommandInset label
23784 name "cap:Typefaces-and-the"
23788 Typefaces and the corresponding commands.
23796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23798 \begin_inset Tabular
23799 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="9" columns="2">
23801 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23802 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
23804 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23813 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23816 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23834 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{Roman}$
23842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23857 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23860 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23861 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbf{Bold}}$
23869 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23888 \begin_inset Formula $\mathit{Italic}$
23896 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23911 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23914 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23921 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{Typewriter}$
23929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23944 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23947 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23948 \begin_inset Formula $\mathbf{\mathbb{BLACKBOARD}}$
23956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23971 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23975 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{Fraktur}$
23983 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
23986 \begin_layout Plain Layout
23998 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24009 \begin_inset Formula $\mathcal{CALLIGRAPHIC}$
24017 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24020 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24032 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24036 \begin_inset Formula $\mathsf{SansSerif}$
24044 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
24047 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24070 \begin_layout Standard
24071 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24074 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24079 that you can only print capital letters in the typefaces
24095 \begin_layout Standard
24096 When you use a typeface, a blue box is inserted in the formula.
24097 Every character in this box will be printed in this typeface.
24102 within the box, will set the cursor outside, so that you have to use a
24103 protected space when you need a space in the box.
24104 Here an example where a
24105 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24109 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24116 denotes the set of numbers:
24117 \begin_inset Formula \[
24118 f(x)=\sqrt{x}\:;\: x\in\mathbb{N}\]
24125 \begin_layout Standard
24126 The typefaces are nestable, which can cause confusion.
24137 \begin_inset Formula $\mathtt{abc\mathfrak{d}e}$
24141 \begin_inset Newline newline
24144 So better don't use this feature.
24147 \begin_layout Standard
24148 The typefaces have no effect on Greek letters:
24149 \begin_inset Formula $\mathfrak{abc\delta e}$
24153 \begin_inset Newline newline
24156 You can only print them emboldened using the command
24162 , which works like the other typeface commands:
24163 \begin_inset Formula $\alpha\beta\gamma\boldsymbol{\alpha\beta\gamma}$
24169 \begin_layout Standard
24176 works for all symbols, letters, and numbers.
24179 \begin_layout Standard
24180 A number of other font options are available as well, in the menu
24182 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24183 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24185 \begin_inset space ~
24193 \begin_layout Subsection
24198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24207 \begin_layout Standard
24208 Typefaces are useful for entering some characters in some given font, but
24210 For typing longer pieces of text use the math text, which is obtained using
24214 \begin_inset space ~
24218 \begin_inset space ~
24226 \begin_inset space ~
24232 \begin_inset Graphics
24233 filename ../images/math/font.png
24237 (alternatively the shortcut
24240 \begin_inset space ~
24246 Math text appears in LyX in black instead of blue.
24247 You can use spaces and accents in math text like in normal text.
24248 Here is an example:
24249 \begin_inset Formula \[
24251 x & \textrm{if I say so}\\
24252 -x & \textrm{unter Umständen}\end{cases}\]
24259 \begin_layout Subsection
24264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24273 \begin_layout Standard
24274 There are four font styles (relative sizes) used in math-mode, which are
24275 automatically chosen in most situations.
24293 For most characters,
24301 are actually the same size, but fractions, superscripts and subscripts,
24302 and certain other structures, are set larger in
24307 Except for some operators, which resize themselves to accommodate various
24308 situations, all text will be set in the styles as LaTeX thinks is appropriate.
24309 These choices can be overridden by using the math panel button
24310 \begin_inset Graphics
24311 filename ../images/math/style.png
24316 A box for the size will be created in which you can insert the math structure.
24317 For example, you can set
24318 \begin_inset Formula $\frac{1}{2}$
24321 , which is normally in
24330 \begin_inset Formula ${\displaystyle \frac{1}{2}}$
24334 The four styles are used in the following example:
24337 \begin_layout Standard
24338 \begin_inset Formula $displaystyle$
24342 \begin_inset Formula ${\textstyle textstyle}$
24346 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptstyle scriptstyle}$
24350 \begin_inset Formula ${\scriptscriptstyle scriptscriptstyle}$
24356 \begin_layout Standard
24357 All these math-mode font sizes are relative, that means, if the whole math
24358 inset is set in a particular size with the menu
24360 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24362 \begin_inset space ~
24367 , all sizes in the formula will be adjusted relative to this size.
24368 Similarly, if the base font size of the document is changed, all fonts
24369 will be adjusted to correspond.
24370 As example a formula in the font size
24371 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24381 \begin_layout Standard
24385 \begin_inset Formula $\mathrm{e}=\sum_{n=0}^{\infty}\frac{1}{n!}$
24391 \begin_layout Section
24395 \begin_layout Standard
24396 As of LyX 1.6, support for theorem-like environments has been moved out of
24397 the document classes and into layout modules.
24401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24407 As a result, theorem-like environments can now easily be used with classes
24408 other than the AMS classes.
24410 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24412 reference "sub:Modules"
24416 for more on layout modules.
24419 \begin_layout Section
24424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24434 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24443 \begin_layout Standard
24444 LyX supports the packages provided by the American Mathematical Society
24445 (AMS) that are in common use.
24448 \begin_layout Subsection
24449 Enabling AMS-Support
24452 \begin_layout Standard
24453 Selecting the checkbox
24456 \begin_inset space ~
24460 \begin_inset space ~
24464 \begin_inset space ~
24471 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24478 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24479 Document ! Settings
24487 \begin_inset space ~
24492 will include the AMS-packages in the document, and make the facilities
24494 AMS is needed for many math-constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in
24495 formulas, assure that you have enabled AMS.
24498 \begin_layout Subsection
24500 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24502 name "sub:AMS-Formula-Types"
24510 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24511 Math ! Multi-line Equations
24519 \begin_layout Standard
24520 AMS-LaTeX provides a selection of different formula types.
24521 LyX allows you to choose between
24542 We refer to the AMS-documentation for an explanation of these formula types.
24545 \begin_layout Chapter
24549 \begin_layout Section
24554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24561 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24563 name "sec:Cross-References"
24570 \begin_layout Standard
24571 One of LyX's strengths are cross-references.
24572 You can reference every section, float, footnote, formula, and list in
24574 To reference a document part, you have to insert a label into it.
24575 The label is used as anchor and name for the reference.
24576 We want for example refer to the the second item of the following list:
24579 \begin_layout Enumerate
24583 \begin_layout Enumerate
24584 \begin_inset CommandInset label
24586 name "enu:Second-item"
24593 \begin_layout Enumerate
24597 \begin_layout Standard
24598 First we insert a label into the second item with the menu
24600 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24603 or the by pressing the toolbar button
24604 \begin_inset Graphics
24605 filename ../images/label-insert.png
24611 A grey label box like this:
24612 \begin_inset Graphics
24613 filename clipart/labelQt4.png
24618 is inserted and the label window pops up asking for the label text.
24619 LyX offers as text the first words of the item with a prefix, in our case
24621 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24629 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24642 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24646 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24650 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24654 The prefix depends on the document part where the label is inserted, e.g.
24655 if you insert a label to a section heading, the prefix will be
24656 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24664 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24670 \begin_layout Standard
24671 To reference the item, we refer to its label using the menu
24673 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
24676 or the toolbar button
24677 \begin_inset Graphics
24678 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
24684 A grey cross-reference box like this:
24685 \begin_inset Graphics
24686 filename clipart/referenceQt4.png
24691 is inserted and the cross-reference window appear showing all labels of
24693 We can now sort the labels alphabetically and then choose the entry
24694 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24706 At the position of the cross-reference box the item number will appear
24708 Here is our cross-reference:
24711 \begin_layout Standard
24713 \begin_inset space ~
24717 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24719 reference "enu:Second-item"
24726 \begin_layout Standard
24727 It is recommended to use a protected space
24731 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24732 described in section
24733 \begin_inset space ~
24737 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24739 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
24748 between the cross-reference name and its number to avoid ugly line breaks
24752 \begin_layout Standard
24753 There are six varieties of cross-references:
24756 \begin_layout Description
24757 <reference>: prints the float number, this is the default:
24758 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24760 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24767 \begin_layout Description
24768 (<reference>): prints the float number within two parentheses, this is the
24769 style normally used to reference formulas, especially when the reference
24771 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24775 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24779 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24781 reference "eq:tanhExp"
24788 \begin_layout Description
24789 <page>: prints the page number: Page
24790 \begin_inset space ~
24794 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24795 LatexCommand pageref
24796 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24803 \begin_layout Description
24805 \begin_inset space ~
24809 \begin_inset space ~
24812 <page>: prints the text "on page" and the page number:
24813 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24814 LatexCommand vpageref
24815 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24822 \begin_layout Description
24824 \begin_inset space ~
24828 \begin_inset space ~
24832 \begin_inset space ~
24835 <page>: prints the float number, the text "on page", and the page number:
24837 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24839 reference "cap:Two-distorted-images"
24846 \begin_layout Description
24848 \begin_inset space ~
24851 reference: prints a self defined cross-reference format.
24852 \begin_inset Newline newline
24856 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
24859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24864 This feature is only available when you have the LaTeX-package
24872 \begin_layout Plain Layout
24873 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! prettyref
24886 \begin_layout Standard
24887 Note that the style <page> won't print the page number if the label is on
24888 the previous, the same, or the next page.
24890 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
24894 \begin_inset space ~
24898 \begin_inset Quotes eld
24906 \begin_inset Quotes erd
24912 \begin_layout Standard
24913 The number and current page of the referred document part in the output,
24914 is automatically calculated by LaTeX.
24915 The varieties are adjusted in the field
24919 of the cross-reference window, that appear when you click on the cross-referenc
24923 \begin_layout Standard
24924 You can only use the style
24928 to reference numbered document parts, while the reference style
24932 is always possible.
24935 \begin_layout Standard
24936 If you want to reference a section, put the label in the section heading,
24937 to reference a float, put the label in the caption.
24938 For footnotes you can put the label somewhere in it.
24939 Referencing formulas is explained in section
24940 \begin_inset space ~
24944 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
24946 reference "sec:Formula-Numbering-and"
24953 \begin_layout Standard
24957 \begin_inset space ~
24961 \begin_inset space ~
24966 in the cross-reference window sets the the cursor before the referred label.
24967 The button text changes then to
24970 \begin_inset space ~
24975 and you can use it to set the cursor back to the cross-reference.
24976 Right-clicking on a cross-reference box also sets the cursor before the
24977 referred label but without a possibility to go back.
24981 \begin_layout Standard
24982 You can change labels at any time by clicking on the label box.
24983 References to the changed label will automatically change its link to the
24984 new label text, so that you don't need to take care about this.
24987 \begin_layout Standard
24988 If a cross-reference refers to a non-existing label, you'll see two question
24989 marks in the output instead of the reference.
24992 \begin_layout Standard
24993 References are described in detail in the
25000 \begin_layout Section
25001 Table of Contents and other Listings
25005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25022 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25031 \begin_layout Subsection
25033 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25035 name "sub:Table-of-Contents"
25042 \begin_layout Standard
25043 The Table of Contents (TOC) is inserted with the menu
25045 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25046 List/TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25048 \begin_inset space ~
25052 \begin_inset space ~
25058 Is is displayed in LyX as a gray box.
25059 If you click on it, the
25063 window appears, showing you the TOC entries as outline to move and rearrange
25064 sections in your documents.
25065 So this operation is an alternative to the menu
25067 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25070 that is described in sec.
25071 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
25075 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25077 reference "sec:Navigating"
25084 \begin_layout Standard
25085 The TOC in the document output lists every numbered section automatically.
25086 If you have declared a short title for a section heading, as described
25088 \begin_inset space ~
25092 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25094 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
25098 , it will be used in the TOC instead of the section heading.
25100 \begin_inset space ~
25104 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25106 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
25110 describes how the level is adjusted that defines which section types are
25112 Unnumbered sections are not listed in the TOC.
25115 \begin_layout Subsection
25116 List of Figures, Tables, and Algorithms
25117 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25119 name "sub:List-of-Figures"
25126 \begin_layout Standard
25127 Table, figure, and algorithm lists are very much like the table of contents.
25128 You can insert them via the
25130 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25132 \begin_inset space ~
25136 \begin_inset space ~
25142 The list entries are the float captions and the float number.
25145 \begin_layout Section
25146 URLs and Hyperlinks
25150 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25167 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25176 \begin_layout Subsection
25180 \begin_layout Standard
25181 Links to web pages or email addresses can be inserted via the menu
25183 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25189 \begin_layout Standard
25190 Here is an example URL: LyX's homepage:
25191 \begin_inset Flex URL
25194 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25204 \begin_layout Standard
25205 You cannot change the style of the link text, the URL text will always be
25211 To be able to format the URL text, use hyperlinks as explained in the next
25215 \begin_layout Standard
25216 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
25219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25224 URLs must not end with a backslash, otherwise you get LaTeX errors.
25232 \begin_layout Subsection
25236 \begin_layout Standard
25237 Hyperlinks can be inserted with the menu
25239 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25242 or with the toolbar button
25243 \begin_inset Graphics
25244 filename ../images/href-insert.png
25245 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25250 The appearing dialog has two fields:
25259 The name is the printed text for the hyperlink.
25260 The hyperlink type can be a weblink like this:
25261 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25263 name "LyX's homepage"
25264 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25268 , an Email address like this:
25269 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25271 name "lyx-docs mailing list"
25272 target "lyx-docs@lists.lyx.org?subject=LyX's documentation"
25277 , or a link to a file.
25280 \begin_layout Standard
25281 You can start applications via a hyperlink when you insert a weblink, but
25283 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25291 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25294 to the link target.
25297 \begin_layout Standard
25298 Hyperlinks will automatically be hyphenated if necessary in the PDF output,
25299 and become clickable in the DVI and PDF-output.
25300 To set the format of the link text, highlight the hyperlink inset and use
25301 the text style dialog.
25302 This is for example a hyperlink with bold sans serif text:
25306 \begin_inset CommandInset href
25308 name "LyX's homepage"
25309 target "http://www.lyx.org"
25316 \begin_layout Standard
25317 The link text color can be changed, when the option
25321 is set in the PDF Properties dialog (menu
25323 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25324 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25328 The link text is for example set in this document to blue by adding the
25330 \begin_inset Newline newline
25338 \begin_inset Newline newline
25345 in the PDF Properties dialog.
25348 \begin_layout Section
25353 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25360 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25362 name "sec:Appendices"
25369 \begin_layout Standard
25370 Appendices are created with the menu
25372 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25374 \begin_inset space ~
25378 \begin_inset space ~
25384 This menu sets the document from the current cursor position to the end
25385 as appendix region.
25386 The region is marked with a red borderline.
25389 \begin_layout Standard
25390 Every chapter (or section) within the appendix region is treated as an appendix,
25391 numbered with a capital Latin letter.
25392 The appendix subsections are numbered with this letter followed by a dot
25393 and the subsection number.
25394 All appendix sections can be referenced as if they were normal sections,
25398 \begin_layout Standard
25400 \begin_inset space ~
25404 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25406 reference "cha:Credits"
25411 \begin_inset space ~
25415 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25417 reference "sub:Export"
25424 \begin_layout Section
25429 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25436 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25438 name "sec:Bibliography"
25445 \begin_layout Standard
25446 There are two ways of generating the bibliography in a LyX-document.
25447 You can include a bibliography database
25451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25452 Known under the name
25453 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25457 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25465 , which is explained in the next subsection or you can insert the bibliography
25467 For the second method we use the paragraph environment
25471 , described in section
25472 \begin_inset space ~
25476 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
25478 reference "sub:Biblio_environment"
25485 \begin_layout Standard
25490 environment, every paragraph begins with a gray bibliography box labeled
25492 If you click on it, you will get a dialog in which you can set a
25501 The key is the symbolic name by which you will refer to this bibliography
25503 For example, our second entry in the bibliography is a book about LaTeX
25505 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25509 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25512 , a short form of its title, as key.
25515 \begin_layout Standard
25516 You can refer to the key of a bibliography entry using the menu
25518 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25521 or the toolbar button
25522 \begin_inset Graphics
25523 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
25524 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25529 A citation reference box is inserted and a citation window will appear
25530 in which you can select one or more keys in the available key list.
25531 The citation reference box will be labeled with the referenced key.
25532 When you click on the box, the citation window appears and you can change
25536 \begin_layout Standard
25537 Citation references appear in the output as number of the bibliography entry
25538 with surrounding brackets.
25543 for the entry, the label will appear instead of the number.
25544 Here two examples; the first without a label, the second with the label
25546 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25550 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25556 \begin_layout Standard
25559 LaTeX Companion Second Edition
25562 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25564 key "latexcompanion"
25571 \begin_layout Standard
25572 The LyX-Team members are listed in the Credits:
25573 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25582 \begin_layout Subsection
25583 Bibliography databases (BibTeX)
25587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25588 Bibliography ! Databases
25597 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25598 Bibliography ! BibTeX
25604 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25606 name "sub:Bibliography-databases"
25613 \begin_layout Standard
25614 Bibliography databases are useful if you use the same bibliography in different
25616 It makes it also very easy to have a uniform layout for all bibliography
25618 You can collect the bibliography of all relevant books and articles of
25619 your working field in a database.
25620 This database can be used for different documents, because only the referenced
25621 entries of the database will appear in the bibliography list.
25624 \begin_layout Standard
25625 The database is a text file with the file extension
25626 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25634 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25637 containing the bibliography in a special format.
25638 The format is explained in LaTeX books (
25639 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25641 key "Mittelbach,Kopka,Lamport"
25646 Normally one uses a special program to create and edit entries of the database.
25648 \begin_inset Newline newline
25652 \begin_inset Flex URL
25655 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25657 http://wiki.lyx.org/BibTeX/Programs
25663 \begin_inset Newline newline
25666 you find a list of programs for bibliography databases.
25669 \begin_layout Standard
25670 To use a database, use the menu
25672 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25677 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25690 \begin_inset space ~
25696 A grey box will be inserted and a window appears.
25697 In this window you can load one or more databases and a style file.
25700 \begin_layout Standard
25701 The style file is a text file with the file extension
25702 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25710 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25713 that declares the layout of all bibliography entries.
25714 Many publishers provide special style files, so that you don't have to
25715 take care of the layout.
25718 \begin_layout Standard
25719 Inserting a citation reference works like described above.
25722 \begin_layout Standard
25723 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25729 \begin_layout Standard
25730 To generate the bibliography from a database, the program BibTeX is used
25732 This program can be controlled with options that you can add in LyX's preferenc
25743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25766 \begin_inset space ~
25772 Before adding options, it is strongly recommended to read the manual of
25780 \begin_layout Standard
25781 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
25787 \begin_layout Standard
25788 We use two bibliographies in this document to show the difference between
25789 the two methods of creating them.
25790 As you can see, the bibliography that is created from a database lists
25791 only the database entries that are referenced in the document.
25792 We used the style file
25796 to get the complicated German reference key scheme in the bibliography.
25799 \begin_layout Subsection
25800 Bibliography layout
25804 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25805 Bibliography ! Layout
25813 \begin_layout Standard
25814 In the citation reference dialog you can set a special citation format.
25815 For this feature you need to use the option
25821 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25829 Document ! Settings
25839 Setting a citation style for a reference will overwrite the default.
25840 For the global citation format use the BibTeX style files as explained
25841 in the previous section.
25844 \begin_layout Standard
25845 You can also set text, that should appear before or after a citation reference,
25846 in the citation reference window.
25847 Here an example where we set the text
25848 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25852 \begin_inset space ~
25856 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25859 to appear after the reference:
25862 \begin_layout Standard
25864 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25867 key "latexcompanion"
25874 \begin_layout Section
25879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25886 \begin_inset CommandInset label
25895 \begin_layout Standard
25896 An index entry is created if you use the menu
25898 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25900 \begin_inset space ~
25905 or the toolbar button
25906 \begin_inset Graphics
25907 filename ../images/index-insert.png
25908 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
25914 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25922 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25925 is inserted containing the text that appears in the index.
25926 The word where the cursor is in or the currently highlighted text is proposed
25927 by LyX as index entry.
25930 \begin_layout Standard
25931 We give a short overview of the index commands in the next subsections.
25932 For a detailed description of LaTeX's index mechanism, have a look at one
25934 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
25936 key "latexcompanion,latexguide,latexbook"
25943 \begin_layout Standard
25944 You can change index entries by clicking on the index box.
25947 \begin_layout Standard
25948 The index list is inserted to the document with the menu
25950 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25952 \begin_inset space ~
25956 \begin_inset space ~
25959 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
25961 \begin_inset space ~
25967 A light blue box labeled
25968 \begin_inset Quotes eld
25976 \begin_inset Quotes erd
25979 will show the place where the index is printed in the output.
25980 The index list box is not clickable like other LyX-boxes.
25983 \begin_layout Subsection
25984 Grouping Index Entries
25988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
25997 \begin_layout Standard
25998 Index entries are often grouped to offer the reader a fast search in the
26000 We want to group for example the index entries for itemized and enumerated
26001 lists under the entry
26002 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26006 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26010 First we create the entry
26011 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26015 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26019 \begin_inset space ~
26023 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26025 reference "sub:Lists"
26030 In the text field for the itemized list index entry in section
26031 \begin_inset space ~
26035 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26037 reference "sec:Itemize"
26041 , we insert the command
26044 \begin_layout Standard
26050 \begin_layout Standard
26054 \begin_layout Standard
26060 \begin_layout Standard
26061 for the enumerated list in section
26062 \begin_inset space ~
26066 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26068 reference "sec:Enumerate"
26075 \begin_layout Standard
26076 The exclamation mark
26077 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26081 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26084 marks the grouping levels.
26085 You can have three levels; every index level is indented a bit more.
26086 An index entry for the higher levels is not required.
26087 If we don't have an index entry for
26088 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26092 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26095 , it will be printed anyway, but without a page number.
26098 \begin_layout Subsection
26103 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26104 Index ! Page ranges
26112 \begin_layout Standard
26113 Normally an index entry will appear with the page number of the indexed
26115 But sometimes you want to index more pages under the same entry.
26116 E.g if we want to index the paragraph environments, we create an index entry
26118 \begin_inset space ~
26122 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26124 reference "sec:Paragraph-Environments"
26131 \begin_layout Standard
26134 Paragraph environments|(
26137 \begin_layout Standard
26138 and another entry at the end of section
26139 \begin_inset space ~
26143 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26145 reference "sub:LyX-Code"
26152 \begin_layout Standard
26155 Paragraph environments|)
26158 \begin_layout Standard
26160 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26168 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26172 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26180 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26183 respectively starts and ends the index range.
26184 You can also add the same index entry at different places in the document.
26185 They appear in the output under one entry with a comma separated list of
26186 the pages of the indexed document parts.
26187 An example is the index entry
26188 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26191 Document ! Settings
26192 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26198 \begin_layout Subsection
26203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26204 Index ! Cross referencing
26212 \begin_layout Standard
26213 It is also possible to refer to another index entry.
26214 We referred for example in the index entry
26215 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26219 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26223 \begin_inset space ~
26227 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26229 reference "sub:Image-Formats"
26233 ) to the index entry
26234 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26238 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26241 in the same section using the entry
26244 \begin_layout Standard
26247 GIF|see{Image formats}
26250 \begin_layout Standard
26251 Where the braces have to be inserted as TeX Code.
26252 The text within the braces is the referenced entry.
26253 The reference will appear in the output without a page number.
26256 \begin_layout Subsection
26261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26262 Index ! Entry order
26270 \begin_layout Standard
26271 You can use accented characters in the index entry, but the entries might
26272 then not follow the rules for the index order.
26273 The index entries are sorted alphabetically, but LaTeX
26277 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26278 The index generating is done in the background by an extra program, see
26280 \begin_inset space ~
26284 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26286 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26295 doesn't know how to sort accents in different languages.
26296 We created as example the three dummy index entries
26297 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26301 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26305 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26309 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26313 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26317 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26325 Dummy entries ! maïs
26334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26335 Dummy entries ! maître
26344 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26345 Dummy entries ! maïs@maison
26350 They will be sorted in the order maïs, maître, maison, but we want the
26351 order maïs, maison, maître.
26352 To achieve this, we use the command
26355 \begin_layout Standard
26358 previous entry@current entry
26361 \begin_layout Standard
26362 In our case we want to have
26363 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26367 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26371 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26378 and write therefore for the index entry of maison:
26381 \begin_layout Standard
26387 \begin_layout Standard
26388 The previous entry needn't to be a real existing entry, you can also use
26389 another word to tell LaTeX the entry order, see the next subsection for
26393 \begin_layout Subsection
26398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26399 Index ! Entry layout
26407 \begin_layout Standard
26408 You can change the appearance of index entries via the text style dialog.
26412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26415 This is an italic dummy entry
26420 You can also format the page number using the character
26421 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26425 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26428 followed by a LaTeX-command without a backslash.
26429 We can write for example
26432 \begin_layout Standard
26435 italic page number:|textit
26438 \begin_layout Standard
26439 to get the page number in italic.
26443 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26444 Dummy entries ! italic page number:|textit
26449 Normally all LaTeX-commands begin with a backslash, but in this special
26451 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26459 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26467 \begin_inset space ~
26473 Have a look at section
26474 \begin_inset space ~
26478 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26480 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26484 to learn more about the LaTeX-syntax.
26487 \begin_layout Standard
26488 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26491 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26496 Formatting single index entries only works when you use the program
26500 to generate the index, see section
26501 \begin_inset space ~
26505 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26507 reference "sub:Index-Program"
26516 , however, this won't work for anything else than bold or italic text.
26517 This is because xindy requires to define semantic elements before they
26519 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26522 key "latexcompanion"
26534 \begin_layout Standard
26535 In general, we encourage you to not format page numbers directly as shown
26537 Instead of this, you should define a macro in the preamble and use that.
26538 Consider why you want some page numbers to be bold.
26539 Maybe you want all page references italic that refer to a definition of
26540 the indexed term, so that users can easily find definitions.
26541 If so, put the following in preamble
26544 \begin_layout Standard
26556 \begin_layout Standard
26560 \begin_layout Standard
26566 \begin_layout Standard
26567 into the index entry.
26571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26572 Dummy entries ! my entry|IndexDef
26577 The advantage is that, if you change your mind later or if your publisher
26578 request that definitions must not be italic but bold, you just need to
26579 change the macro in the preamble, not every single index entry.
26582 \begin_layout Standard
26583 You can also change the layout for the whole index.
26585 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
26589 \begin_inset space ~
26592 we marked the index list box of this document as bold to get a bold font
26593 for all index entries.
26594 For more advanced task you have to set up a so-called
26606 documentation for details,
26607 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26609 key "makeindex,xindy"
26616 \begin_layout Subsection
26621 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26628 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26630 name "sub:Index-Program"
26637 \begin_layout Standard
26638 When the index entry program
26642 is installed, that is only available for Linux, LyX uses it for the index
26643 generation, otherwise the program
26647 is used, that is part of every LaTeX distribution.
26648 Both programs can be controlled by options that can be set in LyX's preferences
26649 dialog, see section
26650 \begin_inset space ~
26654 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26656 reference "sub:LaTeX-settings"
26661 The available options are listed and explained in
26662 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26664 key "makeindex,xindy"
26669 You can also specify there another program to generate the index.
26672 \begin_layout Standard
26677 is very old, not further developed and has many pitfalls.
26678 Most notably, it has been defined with nothing more than the English language
26680 So it fails at sorting correctly for anything else than an monolingual
26682 We have shown above how to fix this sorting.
26683 However, if you are writing in another language and using Linux, consider
26691 \begin_layout Section
26692 Nomenclature / Glossary
26696 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26706 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26722 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26735 \begin_inset CommandInset label
26737 name "sec:Nomenclature"
26744 \begin_layout Standard
26745 Sometimes you need to compile a list of symbols that are mentioned in your
26746 document with a brief explanation of them -- a so called nomenclature or
26750 \begin_layout Standard
26751 To be able to create nomenclatures, you need the LaTeX package
26759 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26760 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
26766 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
26767 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
26773 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
26776 \begin_layout Standard
26777 A nomenclature entry is created if you place the cursor after a symbol entry
26778 and then use the menu
26780 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
26786 \begin_inset space ~
26791 or the toolbar button
26792 \begin_inset Graphics
26793 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
26794 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
26800 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26808 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26811 is inserted and a window pops up asking for the nomenclature entry.
26814 \begin_layout Standard
26815 A nomenclature entry consists of two main entries.
26816 The first is the symbol that you want to refer to.
26817 The second is the description of the symbol.
26820 \begin_layout Standard
26821 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
26824 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26829 You have to enter valid LaTeX-code for all fields of the nomenclature dialog.
26837 \begin_layout Subsection
26838 Nomenclature Definition and Layout
26842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
26843 Nomenclature ! Layout
26851 \begin_layout Standard
26852 When you have symbols in formulas, you have to define them in the
26856 field as LaTeX-formula.
26858 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26862 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26866 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26870 \begin_inset Newline newline
26878 \begin_inset Newline newline
26884 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26888 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26891 character hereby starts/ends the formula.
26892 The LaTeX-command for the Greek letter is the name of the letter beginning
26894 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26900 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26904 For capital Greek letters, start the command also with a capital letter,
26914 \begin_layout Standard
26915 (A short introduction to the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
26916 \begin_inset space ~
26920 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
26922 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
26929 \begin_layout Standard
26933 \begin_inset space ~
26938 dialog to format the description text but have to use LaTeX-commands.
26939 For example the description of the nomenclature entry for the
26940 \begin_inset Quotes eld
26944 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
26948 \begin_inset Quotes erd
26951 in this document is:
26952 \begin_inset Newline newline
26957 dummy entry for the character
26962 \begin_inset Newline newline
26974 \begin_inset space ~
26984 font use the command
27013 \begin_layout Subsection
27014 Sort Order of Nomenclature Entries
27018 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27019 Nomenclature ! Sort order
27027 \begin_layout Standard
27028 The nomenclature entries are sorted alphabetically by the LaTeX-code of
27029 the symbol definition.
27030 This leads to undesired results when you for example have symbols in formulas.
27031 Suppose you have nomenclature entries for the symbols
27034 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27035 LatexCommand nomenclature
27037 description "dummy entry for the character \"a\""
27044 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27048 \begin_inset CommandInset nomenclature
27049 LatexCommand nomenclature
27052 description "dummy entry for the character \\textsf{sigma}"
27057 They will be sorted by
27058 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27066 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27070 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27080 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27084 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27087 will be sorted before the
27091 since the character
27092 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27096 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27099 is considered in sorting.
27102 \begin_layout Standard
27103 To control the sort order, you can edit the
27106 \begin_inset space ~
27111 field of the nomenclature dialog.
27112 Then the nomenclature entry will be sorted by this entry and not the symbol
27114 For the given example, you can insert
27118 to this field for the
27119 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27126 will be located before
27127 \begin_inset Formula $\sigma$
27133 \begin_layout Standard
27134 For subgrouping and tips for using sort entries see the
27139 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
27148 \begin_layout Subsection
27149 Nomenclature Options
27153 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27154 Nomenclature ! Options
27162 \begin_layout Standard
27167 package offers some options to adjust the appearance of the nomenclature.
27168 Here are some of its options, for more have a look at its documentation:
27171 \begin_layout Description
27172 refeq Appends the phrase
27173 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27185 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27188 to every nomenclature entry, where
27194 is the number of the last equation in front of the nomenclature entry
27197 \begin_layout Description
27198 refpage Appends the phrase
27199 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27211 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27214 to every nomenclature entry, where
27220 is the number of the page on which the nomenclature entry appeared
27223 \begin_layout Description
27224 intoc Inserts the nomenclature in the Table of Contents
27227 \begin_layout Standard
27228 There are furthermore the options
27272 to print the reference texts and the nomenclature title in the corresponding
27276 \begin_layout Standard
27277 To use one or more of the options, add them to the comma-separated document
27278 class options list in the
27280 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27284 In this document the options
27295 \begin_layout Standard
27296 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27302 \begin_layout Standard
27303 You can also use the first two options above only for certain nomenclature
27304 entries when you add one of the following commands as last entry to the
27309 field in the nomenclature dialog:
27312 \begin_layout Description
27322 \begin_layout Description
27325 nomrefpage Like the
27332 \begin_layout Description
27335 nomrefeqpage Short notation of
27344 \begin_layout Description
27348 \begin_inset space ~
27354 \begin_inset space ~
27359 nomnorefeqpage Turns off the corresponding options
27362 \begin_layout Subsection
27363 Printing the Nomenclature
27367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27368 Nomenclature ! Printing
27376 \begin_layout Standard
27377 To print the nomenclature, use the menu
27379 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27381 \begin_inset space ~
27385 \begin_inset space ~
27388 TOC\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27392 A light blue box labeled
27393 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27401 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27404 will show the place where the nomenclature is printed in the output.
27405 Like the index list box, the nomenclature list box is not clickable.
27408 \begin_layout Standard
27409 In the printed output the title of the nomenclature appears as
27410 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27414 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27418 If you are not happy with the name, you can change it by redefining the
27426 For example, in order to change the name to
27430 , add the following line to the preamble:
27433 \begin_layout Standard
27441 nomname}{List of Symbols}
27444 \begin_layout Standard
27445 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
27451 \begin_layout Standard
27452 If you are unhappy with the amount of space for symbols, you can alter it
27453 by adding the following line to the preamble:
27456 \begin_layout Standard
27464 nomlabelwidth}{width}
27467 \begin_layout Standard
27470 Where the width is a value with one of the units listed in Appendix
27471 \begin_inset space ~
27475 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27477 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
27482 The default value is 1
27483 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
27489 \begin_layout Section
27494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27505 Document ! Branches
27511 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27513 name "sec:Branches"
27520 \begin_layout Standard
27521 Sometimes it is useful to hide some document parts in the output.
27522 For example a teacher who is setting an exam obviously doesn't want the
27523 pupils to see the answers, but having questions and answers in the same
27524 document will make the life of the markers of that exam much easier.
27527 \begin_layout Standard
27528 For these cases LyX offers to put text into branches.
27529 The text will then only appear in the output when its branch is activated.
27530 To create a branch, go in the
27532 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27540 The name of the branch, its activation state and the background color of
27541 the branches inside LyX can be specified in this dialog.
27544 \begin_layout Standard
27545 Text that should be in a branch is set into branch inset boxes.
27546 These boxes are inserted via the menu
27548 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27551 where you can choose a branch.
27552 You can later change the branch of the boxes by right-clicking on them.
27555 \begin_layout Standard
27556 Here is an example, where only the question text appears, the answer branch
27557 is deactivated and does therefore not appear in the output:
27560 \begin_layout Standard
27561 \begin_inset Branch Question
27564 \begin_layout Standard
27565 Question: Who was the first physics Nobel prize winner?
27573 \begin_layout Standard
27574 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27577 \begin_layout Standard
27578 Answer: Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen
27586 \begin_layout Standard
27587 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
27593 \begin_layout Standard
27594 To use conditional output inside places where you cannot insert branch insets,
27595 like inside equations, you can code special LaTeX definitions for each
27597 For example you can define for the question branch
27601 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27602 For an introduction to the LaTeX-syntax, see section
27603 \begin_inset space ~
27607 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27609 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27621 \begin_layout Standard
27631 \begin_layout Standard
27641 \begin_layout Standard
27642 and for the answer branch
27645 \begin_layout Standard
27655 \begin_layout Standard
27665 \begin_layout Standard
27666 \begin_inset Branch Question
27669 \begin_layout Standard
27673 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27682 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27701 \begin_layout Standard
27702 \begin_inset Branch Answer
27705 \begin_layout Standard
27709 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27737 \begin_layout Standard
27738 Now it is possible to use the commands
27742 question{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27749 answer{\SpecialChar \ldots{}
27752 to obtain conditional output.
27753 Here is an example formula where only the
27760 \begin_inset Formula \[
27761 x^{2}-2x-2\Rightarrow\question{x_{1}}\answer{x_{2}}=1\question{+\sqrt{3}}\answer{-\sqrt{3}}.\]
27768 \begin_layout Standard
27769 Inside math, the same effect can be achieved using math macros, see section
27770 \begin_inset space ~
27774 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
27776 reference "sec:math-macros"
27783 \begin_layout Section
27784 TeX Code and the LaTeX Syntax
27785 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27787 name "sec:TeX-Code"
27794 \begin_layout Subsection
27799 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27806 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27808 name "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
27815 \begin_layout Standard
27816 As LyX uses LaTeX in the background, it supports many LaTeX commands and
27817 constructs, but not all.
27818 LaTeX contains of hundreds of packages which provide different commands.
27819 Every time packages are updated and new ones added.
27820 This has the advantage that you can typeset nearly everything as there
27821 is for every problem a LaTeX-package.
27822 But LyX can of course not be up to date and support all packages and their
27826 \begin_layout Standard
27827 But don't worry, you can use any LaTeX-command directly in LyX inside the
27829 An TeX Code box is created by the menu
27831 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
27833 \begin_inset space ~
27838 or by the toolbar button
27839 \begin_inset Graphics
27840 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
27845 The box can be opened by left-clicking and closed by right-clicking on
27849 \begin_layout Standard
27850 You can insert complete or incomplete commands as TeX Code.
27851 Incomplete means that the command argument can be Standard LyX text.
27852 For example you want to draw a frame around a word and uses therefore the
27859 , you can write the command part
27865 in a TeX Code box before the word and the closing brace
27869 in a second TeX Code box behind the word.
27870 The word between the two TeX Code boxes is then the argument as it is in
27871 the following example:
27874 \begin_layout Standard
27875 \begin_inset Graphics
27876 filename clipart/ERT.png
27884 \begin_layout Standard
27888 \begin_layout Standard
27889 This is a line with a
27893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27906 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27916 \begin_layout Standard
27917 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
27920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27925 At the end of LaTeX-commands without parameters, you have to insert a space
27926 to let LaTeX know that the command is finished.
27934 \begin_layout Subsection
27935 Short Introduction to the LaTeX Syntax
27936 \begin_inset OptArg
27939 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27949 \begin_layout Plain Layout
27956 \begin_inset CommandInset label
27958 name "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
27965 \begin_layout Standard
27966 When you write larger documents or books, you will need to know something
27967 about the LaTeX-commands that LyX uses in the background.
27968 Because LaTeX is based on commands, you can
27969 \begin_inset Quotes eld
27973 \begin_inset Quotes erd
27977 This has the advantage that the layout of the document can be changed at
27978 every time if you know the right commands.
27980 imagine you have to write a manual for a product and the deadline is at
27981 the end of the day.
27982 Your boss just has complimented you for your good work but wants to have
27983 all caption labels bold.
27984 But you have over hundred figure and table captions with non-bold labels
27986 Of course it's impossible to change all caption labels by hand in one day.
27989 \begin_layout Standard
27990 Now LaTeX comes into play.
27991 As written above, for every problem exists a LaTeX-package.
27992 First you have to find out which and therefore look in the LaTeX package
27994 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28003 \begin_layout Standard
28004 As result you know that the package
28012 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28013 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
28019 To use a package, you have to load it in the document preamble (menu
28021 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28027 \begin_layout Standard
28032 usepackage[options]{package name}
28035 \begin_layout Standard
28036 All LaTeX commands begin with a backslash, the command argument is set within
28037 two braces, and the options are set within two brackets.
28038 Note that not all commands have an argument and options.
28041 \begin_layout Standard
28042 In your case the package name is
28047 After a look in the documentation of the package, you know that the option
28052 will change the font of all caption labels to bold.
28053 So you add the command
28056 \begin_layout Standard
28061 usepackage[labelfont=bf]{caption}
28064 \begin_layout Standard
28065 to the preamble and the problem is solved.
28069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28070 For more commands provided by the
28074 package, have a look at its documentation,
28075 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28089 \begin_layout Standard
28090 Note that some document classes have built-in solutions for well known problems
28092 For example if you use a
28096 class, you don't need the package
28100 , you can instead write
28103 \begin_layout Standard
28108 setkomafont{captionlabel}{
28113 \begin_layout Standard
28114 in the preamble and the problem is solved.
28115 So if you plan to write a large document, you should have a look at the
28116 documentation of the document class you want to use.
28123 is an example for a command with more than one argument.)
28126 \begin_layout Standard
28127 Commands in the preamble affects the whole document, while commands in the
28128 text affects only the text after the command or only the text used as command
28130 To insert a LaTeX-command in text, use the TeX Code box as described in
28131 the previous section.
28134 \begin_layout Standard
28135 If you want to learn more about LaTeX and its syntax, have a look at the
28137 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28139 key "latexcompanion,latexguide"
28147 \begin_layout Section
28148 Previewing Snippets of your Document
28152 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28159 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28161 name "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
28169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28178 \begin_layout Standard
28179 LyX allows you to generate previews of sections of your document on the
28180 fly so you can see how they'll look in the final document without having
28181 to break your train of thought with
28183 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28189 \begin_layout Standard
28190 If you would for example like to see in LyX your math formulas typeset by
28191 LaTeX, install the LaTeX-package
28199 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28200 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! preview-latex
28205 as explained below, and turn on
28208 \begin_inset space ~
28215 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28221 \begin_inset space ~
28225 \begin_inset space ~
28228 feel\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28234 \begin_layout Standard
28235 Previews are generated when you load a document into LyX and when you finish
28237 Previews of an already loaded document are
28241 generated just by selecting the
28244 \begin_inset space ~
28249 check box, you have to reopen the documents to activate the previews.
28252 \begin_layout Standard
28253 LyX will generate previews of math insets.
28254 It will also generate previews of included insets if you select the
28257 \begin_inset space ~
28262 check box in the insert dialog.
28263 This is useful if you wish to generate a preview of a LaTeX figure, for
28267 \begin_layout Standard
28268 To get previews working, you need the LaTeX package
28272 (on some systems named simply
28277 In case it is not already installed, you find it in the TeX Catalogue,
28279 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
28285 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
28286 You obtain prettier results if you install the program
28294 package; for LyX on Windows this program is automatically installed together
28298 \begin_layout Standard
28299 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
28305 \begin_layout Standard
28306 You can furthermore preview the LaTeX source of the whole document or parts
28310 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28312 \begin_inset space ~
28317 and a window will be shown where you can see the LaTeX-source code.
28318 The window shows the source of the whole paragraph where the cursor is
28320 You can also select document parts in LyX's main window, then only this
28321 selection (when it is more than one paragraph) is shown as source code.
28322 To view the whole document as source, enable the corresponding option in
28323 the source view window.
28326 \begin_layout Section
28328 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28330 name "sec:Spellchecking"
28338 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28347 \begin_layout Standard
28348 LyX itself has no built-in spell checker.
28349 Rather it uses one of the external programs
28366 This section assumes you have already installed and set up one of these
28372 can be seen as successor of
28376 , so that it is recommended to use aspell.
28381 is a Hebrew spell-checker.
28382 The used spell checker ind its settings are specified in LyX's preferences
28390 \begin_layout Standard
28391 For LyX on Windows, the selection box for the spell checking program is
28392 greyed out in the preferences dialog because only
28399 \begin_layout Standard
28402 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28405 starts the spell checking beginning from the current cursor position.
28406 A dialog window will appear showing any incorrect (or unknown) word found,
28407 allowing you to edit and replace it in a second line.
28408 Whenever an unknown word is found, the word is highlighted and the text
28409 scrolled so that it is visible.
28414 dialog, there is also a box showing suggestions for a correction, if any
28416 Clicking on one of the corrections will copy to the
28420 field, double-click invokes directly the replacement.
28421 Unknown but correctly typed words can be added to the personal dictionary.
28424 \begin_layout Standard
28425 By default, the used dictionary file is determined by the document language
28428 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28432 If you do not have a dictionary for the document language, spell checking
28433 will bring an error message.
28434 In this case, you can specify another dictionary file in the dialog by
28435 specifying a different
28437 Alternative language
28439 in preferences dialog.
28442 \begin_layout Standard
28443 After a spell check you'll informed about the number of checked words.
28446 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28450 \begin_layout Standard
28451 It is not possible to change the spelling of a particular word globally,
28452 rather than having to change the spelling separately for each occurrence
28454 But you can use the
28457 \begin_inset space ~
28461 \begin_inset space ~
28469 \begin_layout Standard
28470 LyX cannot correctly spell check documents containing multiple languages.
28471 This does work with
28475 , assuming you have marked the different languages appropriately.
28478 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
28482 \begin_layout Standard
28487 section in the preferences dialog has some additional options:
28490 \begin_layout Description
28492 \begin_inset space ~
28495 characters Allows you to add non-standard characters that the spell checker
28496 should consider, e.g.
28497 German umlauts although you spell check English document.
28498 This should not normally be needed.
28501 \begin_layout Description
28503 \begin_inset space ~
28506 dictionary to use a different file than the spell checker's default choice
28507 as your personal dictionary
28510 \begin_layout Description
28512 \begin_inset space ~
28516 \begin_inset space ~
28519 words Prevent the spell checker from complaining about compounded words
28521 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28525 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28531 \begin_layout Description
28533 \begin_inset space ~
28537 \begin_inset space ~
28540 encoding Uses the document encoding that is set in the
28542 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28549 also for the spellchecker.
28553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28554 The encodings are explained in section
28555 \begin_inset space ~
28559 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
28561 reference "sub:Settings"
28570 Only enable this if you use
28574 and can't spell check words with international letters in them.
28575 There have been reports that this does not work with all dictionaries,
28576 so this is disabled by default.
28579 \begin_layout Section
28584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28591 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28593 name "sec:Thesaurus"
28600 \begin_layout Standard
28601 Thesaurus currently only works when you use the document language English.
28604 \begin_layout Standard
28605 To start the thesaurus, highlight one word or set the cursor behind it,
28608 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28611 or the toolbar button
28612 \begin_inset Graphics
28613 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
28614 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28615 rotateOrigin center
28620 A dialog pops up showing you probably related words that you can use as
28624 \begin_layout Standard
28625 The shown related words are in many cases not really related to the word
28626 you are currently checking, scrolling in the shown list might help in some
28627 cases to find related words.
28630 \begin_layout Standard
28631 The thesaurus only works for single words, and also only when it is in the
28633 For example starting the thesaurus with the word
28634 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28638 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28641 leads to no results, while results are shown for the word
28642 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28646 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28650 To avoid this, you can highlight only the part
28651 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28655 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28659 \begin_inset Quotes eld
28663 \begin_inset Quotes erd
28669 \begin_layout Section
28674 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28685 Document ! Change Tracking
28691 \begin_inset CommandInset label
28693 name "sec:Change-Tracking"
28700 \begin_layout Standard
28701 When you work on a document together with many people it is extremely useful
28702 to see changes others made highlighted in the document.
28703 You can then decide if you accept a change or not.
28704 This can be achieved by turning on change tracking in the menu
28706 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28708 \begin_inset space ~
28711 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28713 \begin_inset space ~
28721 \begin_layout Standard
28722 Changes made in the document will then be highlighted by colors:
28731 You can change the color in LyX's preferences dialog under
28734 \begin_inset space ~
28738 \begin_inset space ~
28751 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28760 \begin_layout Standard
28761 When change tracking is activated, you will see the review toolbar in LyX:
28765 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28774 \begin_layout Standard
28775 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28781 \begin_layout Standard
28782 \begin_inset Graphics
28783 filename clipart/ChangesToolbar.png
28790 \begin_layout Standard
28791 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28797 \begin_layout Standard
28798 The review toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
28802 \begin_layout Standard
28803 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
28809 \begin_layout Standard
28810 \begin_inset Tabular
28811 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="10" columns="2">
28812 <features islongtable="true">
28813 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28814 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
28815 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28820 \begin_inset Graphics
28821 filename ../images/changes-track.png
28822 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28823 rotateOrigin center
28832 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28838 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28840 \begin_inset space ~
28843 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28845 \begin_inset space ~
28854 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28855 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28858 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28859 \begin_inset Graphics
28860 filename ../images/changes-output.png
28861 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28862 rotateOrigin center
28871 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28874 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28877 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28879 \begin_inset space ~
28882 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28884 \begin_inset space ~
28888 \begin_inset space ~
28892 \begin_inset space ~
28901 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28906 \begin_inset Graphics
28907 filename ../images/change-next.png
28908 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28909 rotateOrigin center
28918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28922 Jumps to the next change
28928 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28929 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28932 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28933 \begin_inset Graphics
28934 filename ../images/change-accept.png
28935 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28936 rotateOrigin center
28945 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28948 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28951 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28953 \begin_inset space ~
28956 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28958 \begin_inset space ~
28967 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
28968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28972 \begin_inset Graphics
28973 filename ../images/change-reject.png
28974 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
28975 rotateOrigin center
28984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
28987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
28990 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28992 \begin_inset space ~
28995 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
28997 \begin_inset space ~
29006 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29011 \begin_inset Graphics
29012 filename ../images/changes-merge.png
29013 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29014 rotateOrigin center
29023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29029 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29031 \begin_inset space ~
29034 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29036 \begin_inset space ~
29045 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29050 \begin_inset Graphics
29051 filename ../images/all-changes-accept.png
29052 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29053 rotateOrigin center
29062 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29068 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29070 \begin_inset space ~
29073 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29075 \begin_inset space ~
29079 \begin_inset space ~
29088 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29093 \begin_inset Graphics
29094 filename ../images/all-changes-reject.png
29095 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29096 rotateOrigin center
29105 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29108 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29111 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29113 \begin_inset space ~
29116 Tracking\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29118 \begin_inset space ~
29122 \begin_inset space ~
29131 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29132 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29135 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29136 \begin_inset Graphics
29137 filename ../images/note-insert.png
29138 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29139 rotateOrigin center
29148 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29151 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29154 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29155 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29157 \begin_inset space ~
29166 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
29167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29171 \begin_inset Graphics
29172 filename ../images/note-next.png
29173 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
29174 rotateOrigin center
29183 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
29186 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29189 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29191 \begin_inset space ~
29207 \begin_layout Standard
29208 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
29214 \begin_layout Standard
29215 The review toolbar helps you to accept, reject, or merge changes -- highlight
29216 the change and press one of the desired toolbar buttons.
29217 When you merge changes, a window pops up showing you informations about
29218 the next change behind the current cursor position.
29219 So you don't need to highlight a certain change.
29220 Within the merge window you can decide to accept or reject changes and
29221 step to the next change.
29222 This way you can jump through all changes of the document.
29225 \begin_layout Standard
29226 The toolbar has two buttons to handle notes because notes are often important
29227 to describe a change.
29230 \begin_layout Standard
29231 To show made changes in the output you need the LaTeX package
29239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29240 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! dvipost
29246 You find it in the TeX Catalogue,
29247 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29253 or in the package manager of your LaTeX-system.
29256 \begin_layout Section
29257 International Support
29261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29262 International support
29270 \begin_layout Standard
29271 This section describes how to use LyX with any language you want.
29272 For some non-western languages there are special Wiki-pages that explain
29273 how to set up LyX to use them:
29274 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
29276 key "Arabic,Armenian,Farsi,Hebrew"
29283 \begin_layout Standard
29284 Besides languages, LyX also supports phonetic symbols, see section
29285 \begin_inset space ~
29289 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29291 reference "sub:Special-Character"
29298 \begin_layout Subsection
29303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29314 Document ! Settings
29323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29324 Document ! Language
29332 \begin_layout Standard
29335 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29338 dialog lets you set
29340 the language and character encoding for your language.
29344 \begin_layout Standard
29345 Choose your language in the
29349 section of this dialog.
29357 \begin_layout Standard
29362 box lets you choose the character encoding map you want to use for LaTeX
29366 use language's default encoding
29368 is the preferred choice and works well in most cases.
29369 For details about the different encoding options see section
29370 \begin_inset space ~
29374 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29376 reference "sub:Settings"
29383 \begin_layout Subsection
29384 Keyboard mapping configuration
29385 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29387 name "sub:Keyboard-mapping"
29394 \begin_layout Standard
29395 If you have for example a U.S.-style keyboard and want to write in a different
29396 language than English, you can use an alternate keymap.
29397 For example, if you have a U.S.-style keyboard but want to write in Italian,
29398 you can configure LyX to use an Italian keymap.
29399 The preferences dialog allows you to choose up to two keyboard mappings,
29401 \begin_inset space ~
29405 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29407 reference "sub:Keyboard-Map"
29412 You can choose primary and secondary keyboard languages and then select
29413 which one you want to use.
29416 \begin_layout Standard
29417 Finally, you may just want to change a few key mappings or create an entirely
29418 different keymap (for Vulcan, for instance).
29419 You may, for example, normally write in Italian on a U.S.
29420 keyboard but want to include an occasional quotation in German.
29421 In such a case, you can write your own keyboard mapping or modify an existing
29422 one to support the characters you want.
29423 This and much more customizations are explained in the
29430 \begin_layout Subsection
29432 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29441 \begin_layout Standard
29443 \begin_inset space ~
29447 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
29449 reference "cap:The-latin1-character"
29458 You should be able to enter the characters in the first eight columns directly
29462 \begin_layout Standard
29463 There are a few things you need to know about this table.
29464 Here are some of the details you'll need to bear in mind when using characters
29472 \begin_layout Itemize
29473 Even if you have selected
29479 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
29482 dialog, users who have only the
29486 -fonts for LaTeX [or who have the
29490 -fonts but aren't using them] will still miss a few characters: D0, F0,
29491 DE, FE, AB, and BB -- the uppercase and lowercase eth and thorn, and the
29492 french quotes won't show up.
29495 \begin_layout Standard
29496 \begin_inset Float table
29501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29502 \begin_inset Caption
29504 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29505 \begin_inset CommandInset label
29507 name "cap:The-latin1-character"
29523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29525 \begin_inset Tabular
29526 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="17" columns="17">
29528 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29529 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29530 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29531 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29532 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29533 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29534 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29535 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29536 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29537 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29538 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29539 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29540 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29541 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29542 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29543 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29544 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0pt">
29546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29591 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29594 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29609 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29612 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29627 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29630 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29663 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29666 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29681 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29684 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29699 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29702 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29717 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29753 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29756 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29771 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29774 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29789 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29792 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
29848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29863 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29866 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29872 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29875 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29881 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29884 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29890 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29893 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29924 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29941 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29944 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29958 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29961 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29975 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29978 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
29993 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
29996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30019 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30022 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30089 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30092 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30107 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30110 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30125 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30128 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30159 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30236 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30239 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30245 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30248 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30262 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30265 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30279 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30282 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30367 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30370 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30376 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30379 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30385 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30388 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30397 \begin_inset Quotes eld
30405 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30408 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30439 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30473 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30476 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30499 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30502 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30508 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30517 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30520 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30551 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30554 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30568 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30571 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30585 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30588 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30604 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30607 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30622 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30625 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30631 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30634 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30640 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30643 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30657 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30660 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30674 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30677 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30691 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30708 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30711 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30725 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30728 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30742 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30745 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30751 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30760 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30763 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30777 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30780 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30794 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30797 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30811 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30814 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30828 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30831 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30864 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
30867 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30882 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30885 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30891 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30894 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30900 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30903 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30917 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30920 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30951 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30954 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30968 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30971 \begin_layout Plain Layout
30985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
30988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31002 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31011 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31014 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31020 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31029 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31032 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31046 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31049 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31063 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31066 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31080 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31083 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31116 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31119 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31134 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31137 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31143 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31146 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31152 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31155 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31169 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31172 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31203 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31206 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31220 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31223 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31237 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31240 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31254 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31257 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31263 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31266 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31272 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31275 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31281 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31315 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31318 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31332 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31335 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31368 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31371 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31386 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31389 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31395 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31421 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31424 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31455 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31458 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31472 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31475 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31506 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31509 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31515 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31518 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31524 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31527 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31533 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31536 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31550 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31553 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31567 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31570 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31584 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31587 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31601 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31604 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31620 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31623 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31638 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31641 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31647 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31650 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31656 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31673 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31676 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31690 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31693 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31707 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31710 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31724 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31727 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31741 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31744 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31758 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31761 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31767 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31770 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31776 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31779 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31793 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31796 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31810 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31813 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31827 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31830 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31844 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31847 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31861 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31864 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31880 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
31883 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31898 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31907 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31910 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31916 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31919 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31933 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31936 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31950 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31953 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31967 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31970 \begin_layout Plain Layout
31984 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
31987 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32001 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32004 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32018 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32027 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32036 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32039 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32053 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32056 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32070 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32073 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32087 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32090 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32121 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32124 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32140 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32143 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32167 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32170 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32176 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32179 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32193 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32196 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32227 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32230 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32244 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32278 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32281 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32287 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32290 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32296 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32299 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32400 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32403 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32427 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32430 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32436 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32439 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32453 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32456 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32547 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32550 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32556 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32559 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32573 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32678 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32681 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32687 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32690 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32696 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32699 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32713 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32716 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32807 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32810 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32816 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32819 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32850 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32867 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32870 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32884 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32887 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32901 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32904 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32920 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
32923 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32938 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32947 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32950 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32956 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32959 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32973 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32976 \begin_layout Plain Layout
32990 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
32993 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33007 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33010 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33026 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33029 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33043 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33046 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33060 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33063 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33069 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33072 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33078 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33081 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33095 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33098 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33112 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33129 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33132 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33163 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33166 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33182 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33185 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33200 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33209 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33212 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33218 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33221 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33235 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33238 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33252 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33255 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33286 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33289 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33303 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33306 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33320 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33329 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33332 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33338 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33341 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33347 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33364 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33367 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33381 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33384 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33415 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33418 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33434 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33437 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33452 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33455 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33461 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33464 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33470 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33473 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33487 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33490 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33504 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33521 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33524 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33538 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33541 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33555 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33572 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33575 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33581 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33584 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33590 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33593 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33624 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33627 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33641 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33644 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33658 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33661 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33675 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33678 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33712 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33715 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33721 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33724 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33730 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33733 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33747 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33750 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33764 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33767 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33781 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33784 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33798 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33801 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33824 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33827 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33833 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33836 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33842 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33845 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33876 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33879 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33893 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33896 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33910 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
33913 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33927 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
33930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
33957 \begin_layout Standard
33958 The following is a full list of all of the accented characters LyX can display
33960 It includes not only the accented characters from the previous table, but
33961 also the characters from
33973 \begin_layout Itemize
33982 \begin_layout Standard
33983 ¨ Ä Ë Ï Ö Ü ä ë ï ö ü ÿ
33984 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33990 \begin_layout Standard
33991 ^ Â Ê Î Ô Û â ê î ô û
33992 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
33998 \begin_layout Standard
33999 ` À È Ì Ò Ù à è ì ò ù
34000 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34006 \begin_layout Standard
34007 ´ Á É Í Ó Ú Ý á é í ó ú ý
34008 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34014 \begin_layout Standard
34016 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34022 \begin_layout Standard
34024 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34030 \begin_layout Standard
34032 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34039 \begin_layout Itemize
34052 \begin_layout Standard
34054 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34060 \begin_layout Standard
34062 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34068 \begin_layout Standard
34070 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34076 \begin_layout Standard
34078 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34084 \begin_layout Standard
34086 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34092 \begin_layout Standard
34094 \begin_inset space \hfill{}
34101 \begin_layout Standard
34102 All the characters above are actively supported by TeX fonts.
34103 In addition TeX allows diacritical marks on almost all characters.
34104 Also make sure you're using the
34111 \begin_layout Chapter
34114 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34116 name "cha:The-User-Interface"
34123 \begin_layout Standard
34124 This appendix lists all available menus and describes its functionality.
34125 It is designed as quick reference if you are searching for a special topic
34126 inside the user's guide.
34129 \begin_layout Section
34134 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34143 \begin_layout Standard
34148 menu are the basic operations in addition to some more advanced operations.
34149 At the end of the menu the four last opened documents are listed.
34152 \begin_layout Subsection
34156 \begin_layout Standard
34157 Creates a new document.
34160 \begin_layout Subsection
34164 \begin_layout Standard
34165 This menu prompts you for a template to use.
34166 Selecting a template will automatically set certain layout features for
34167 the document, features you would otherwise need to change manually.
34170 \begin_layout Subsection
34174 \begin_layout Standard
34178 \begin_layout Subsection
34182 \begin_layout Standard
34183 The submenu shows a list of the recently opened files.
34184 Click there on a file to open it.
34187 \begin_layout Subsection
34191 \begin_layout Standard
34192 Closes the current document.
34195 \begin_layout Subsection
34199 \begin_layout Standard
34200 Saves the actual document.
34203 \begin_layout Subsection
34207 \begin_layout Standard
34208 Saves the actual document under a new name to create a copy.
34211 \begin_layout Subsection
34215 \begin_layout Standard
34216 Reloads the actual document from disk.
34219 \begin_layout Subsection
34223 \begin_layout Standard
34224 This is used when more people are working on the same document.
34225 It is described in the section
34227 Version Control in LyX
34232 \begin_inset space ~
34240 \begin_layout Subsection
34244 \begin_layout Standard
34245 You can import there files from older LyX-versions, LaTeX-files, NoWeb-files,
34246 plain text files, and comma separated, table like, text files (CSV).
34247 The files will be imported as new LyX-document.
34250 \begin_layout Standard
34251 When using the menu
34254 \begin_inset space ~
34258 \begin_inset space ~
34263 , all lines will be imported consecutively to one big paragraph.
34264 A new paragraph is started when there is a blank line in the file.
34265 , the text is inserted as Paragraphs, where the line breaks of the text
34266 will start a new paragraph.
34269 \begin_layout Subsection
34271 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34280 \begin_layout Standard
34281 You can export your document to various file formats.
34282 The resulting files are placed in the directory of your LyX-file.
34283 The menu entries are not the same on all installations.
34284 They depend on the programs found by LyX while its configuration.
34287 \begin_layout Standard
34288 Here is a list of all available entries; they are explained in detail in
34290 \begin_inset space ~
34294 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34296 reference "sub:Output-file-formats"
34303 \begin_layout Description
34307 \begin_inset space ~
34312 format of the special LyX 1.4.x versions for Chinese, Japanese, and Korean
34313 (CJK); (Since LyX 1.5.0 CJK support is fully integrated to LyX.)
34316 \begin_layout Description
34324 \begin_layout Description
34325 HTML HTML-format (the HTML-converter is a third-party product and doesn't
34329 \begin_layout Description
34331 \begin_inset space ~
34335 \begin_inset space ~
34338 Word) HTML-format specialized so that the result can be imported to
34342 , as consequence of this formulas will be embedded as bitmap fonts and not
34350 \begin_layout Description
34357 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34365 \begin_inset space ~
34370 text file with the LaTeX source, additionally all images used in the document
34371 will be converted to a format that is readable for the
34375 program (GIF, JPG, PDF, PNG)
34378 \begin_layout Description
34385 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34393 \begin_inset space ~
34398 text file with the LaTeX source code, additionally all images used in the
34399 document will be converted to the EPS-format, only this format is readable
34407 \begin_layout Description
34409 \begin_inset space ~
34412 1.y.x LyX-document in a format readable for the LyX versions 1.y.x (
34413 \begin_inset Quotes eld
34417 \begin_inset Quotes erd
34420 is replaced by the version number)
34423 \begin_layout Description
34424 OpenDocument OpenDocument-formatted text file, to be opened with
34437 (the OpenDocument-converter is a third-party product and doesn't work in
34441 \begin_layout Description
34446 PDF-format using the program
34451 \begin_layout Description
34455 \begin_inset space ~
34460 PDF-format using the program
34465 \begin_layout Description
34469 \begin_inset space ~
34474 PDF-format using the program
34479 \begin_layout Description
34483 \begin_inset space ~
34491 \begin_layout Description
34495 \begin_inset space ~
34499 \begin_inset space ~
34504 text format, the document will first be converted to Postscript format
34505 and then exported as text using the program
34510 \begin_layout Description
34515 PostScript format using the program
34520 \begin_layout Description
34528 \begin_layout Standard
34533 produces internally a DVI-file which is then converted to a PDF-file.
34534 It is a bit out of date and therefore the output could look different from
34540 produces directly PDF-files and supports the latest PDF-file formats.
34543 \begin_layout Standard
34544 If one of the menu entries
34551 \begin_inset space ~
34560 is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34561 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34562 \begin_inset space ~
34566 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34568 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34577 Reconfiguration of LyX
34585 \begin_layout Standard
34590 allows you to export your file by using special command line options for
34591 the export program.
34594 \begin_layout Subsection
34598 \begin_layout Standard
34599 With this menu you can print your document to a file in PostScript format
34600 or send it to a printer.
34601 The printer will also use the document in PostScript format.
34602 The conversion to PostScript is done in the background by LyX using the
34608 For more informations have a look at section
34609 \begin_inset space ~
34613 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34615 reference "sub:Printing-the-File"
34622 \begin_layout Subsection
34623 New and Close Window
34626 \begin_layout Standard
34627 Opens a new instance of LyX with all currently opened documents.
34628 You can close it later with the corresponding menu.
34631 \begin_layout Section
34636 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34645 \begin_layout Subsection
34649 \begin_layout Standard
34650 Described in section
34651 \begin_inset space ~
34655 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34657 reference "sec:Undo-and-Redo"
34664 \begin_layout Subsection
34665 Cut, Copy, Paste, Paste Recent, Paste Special
34668 \begin_layout Standard
34669 Described in section
34670 \begin_inset space ~
34674 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34676 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34683 \begin_layout Subsection
34687 \begin_layout Standard
34688 Selects the whole document.
34691 \begin_layout Subsection
34695 \begin_layout Standard
34696 Described in section
34697 \begin_inset space ~
34701 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34703 reference "sec:Basic-Editing-Features"
34710 \begin_layout Subsection
34711 Move paragraph Up/Down
34714 \begin_layout Standard
34715 This shifts the paragraph where the cursor is currently in one paragraph
34719 \begin_layout Subsection
34723 \begin_layout Standard
34724 Described in section
34725 \begin_inset space ~
34729 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34731 reference "sub:Fine-Tuning-with-the"
34738 \begin_layout Subsection
34743 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34744 Paragraph ! Settings
34752 \begin_layout Standard
34753 The settings in the paragraph dialog only affects the paragraph where the
34755 Here you can set here the paragraph alignment and line spacing.
34758 \begin_layout Standard
34759 You can also prevent that the first line of the paragraph is indented.
34760 This option works only when you have chosen to separate paragraphs with
34763 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
34769 \begin_inset space ~
34777 \begin_layout Subsection
34781 \begin_layout Standard
34782 These two menus are only active when the cursor is inside a table or a formula.
34783 The properties of this table/formula can now be changed.
34784 The properties of tables are described in section
34785 \begin_inset space ~
34789 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34791 reference "sec:Tables"
34795 , the properties of formulas in chapter
34796 \begin_inset space ~
34800 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34802 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
34809 \begin_layout Subsection
34810 Increase / Decrease List Depth
34813 \begin_layout Standard
34814 These menus are only active when the cursor is in an environment that can
34816 They in/decrease the environment nesting level as explained in section
34817 \begin_inset space ~
34821 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34823 reference "sec:Nesting"
34828 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34830 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
34837 \begin_layout Section
34842 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34851 \begin_layout Standard
34856 menu contains a list of available formats in which you can view the actual
34857 document with an external program.
34858 The menu entries for the viewing formats are not the same on all installations
34859 - it depends on the LaTeX programs that are found while LyX was configured.
34860 All possible formats are formats listed in section
34861 \begin_inset space ~
34865 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34867 reference "sub:Export"
34872 You should at least see the menu entries
34879 \begin_inset space ~
34885 If one of the two is missing, you need to update your LaTeX installation.
34886 After updating you have to reconfigure LyX, see section
34887 \begin_inset space ~
34891 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34893 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
34901 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34902 Reconfiguration of LyX
34910 \begin_layout Standard
34911 Invoking a menu will start a viewer program.
34912 The viewer can be set or changed in the preferences, see section
34913 \begin_inset space ~
34917 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34919 reference "sec:File-Formats"
34924 The default viewers are set by LyX while it is first configured.
34927 \begin_layout Standard
34928 \begin_inset VSpace bigskip
34931 At the bottom of the
34935 menu the opened documents are listed.
34938 \begin_layout Subsection
34942 \begin_layout Standard
34943 Opens a window showing the source code of the actual document, as described
34945 \begin_inset space ~
34949 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
34951 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
34958 \begin_layout Subsection
34962 \begin_layout Standard
34963 This menu allows you to update the view with your latest changes without
34964 opening a new view window.
34967 \begin_layout Subsection
34969 \begin_inset CommandInset label
34971 name "sub:Toolbars"
34979 \begin_layout Plain Layout
34988 \begin_layout Standard
34989 In this menu you can set the appearance of the different toolbars.
34990 All toolbars and the
34993 \begin_inset space ~
34998 can be turned on and off.
35003 state is denoted in the menu with a checkmark.
35015 \begin_inset space ~
35024 toolbars can be additionally set to the state
35028 that is denoted in the menu with the suffix
35035 \begin_layout Standard
35040 state the toolbar is permanently shown, in the
35044 state the toolbar is only shown when the cursor is in a certain environment
35045 or when a certain feature is enabled.
35046 That means that the review toolbar will only be shown when change tracking
35047 is activated, the math and table toolbars are only shown when the cursor
35048 is inside a formula or table, respectively.
35051 \begin_layout Standard
35052 LyX's toolbars and its buttons are explained in section
35053 \begin_inset space ~
35057 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35059 reference "sec:Toolbars"
35066 \begin_layout Section
35071 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35080 \begin_layout Subsection
35084 \begin_layout Standard
35085 Inserts math constructs that are explained in chapter
35086 \begin_inset space ~
35090 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35092 reference "cha:Mathematical-Formulas"
35099 \begin_layout Subsection
35101 \begin_inset CommandInset label
35103 name "sub:Special-Character"
35110 \begin_layout Standard
35111 Here you can insert the following characters:
35114 \begin_layout Description
35115 Ellipsis Inserts an ellipsis: \SpecialChar \ldots{}
35119 \begin_layout Description
35121 \begin_inset space ~
35125 \begin_inset space ~
35128 Sentence Inserts an end of sentence dot as described in section
35129 \begin_inset space ~
35133 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35135 reference "sub:Abbreviations"
35142 \begin_layout Description
35144 \begin_inset space ~
35147 Quote Inserts this quote:
35148 \begin_inset Quotes erd
35151 , no matter what quote type you selected in the
35153 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
35163 \begin_layout Description
35165 \begin_inset space ~
35168 Quote Inserts this quote:
35169 \begin_inset Quotes els
35175 \begin_layout Description
35177 \begin_inset space ~
35180 Separator Inserts the menu separator sign: \SpecialChar \menuseparator
35184 \begin_layout Description
35186 \begin_inset space ~
35193 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35203 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35204 Language ! Phonetic symbols
35209 Creates a formula with a so called tipa inset.
35210 Here you can insert commands to create IPA phonetic symbols.
35211 For this feature you must have the LaTeX-package
35219 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35220 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
35226 \begin_inset Newline newline
35229 For more informations about this feature we refer to the documentation of
35233 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
35241 and this Wiki-page:
35242 \begin_inset Newline newline
35246 \begin_inset Flex URL
35249 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35251 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LinguistLyX
35259 \begin_layout Subsection
35263 \begin_layout Standard
35264 Here you can insert the following format constructs:
35267 \begin_layout Description
35268 Superscript Inserts an superscript: test
35269 \begin_inset Formula $^{\text{a,b}}$
35275 \begin_layout Description
35276 Subscript Inserts an subscript: test
35277 \begin_inset Formula $_{\text{3x}}$
35283 \begin_layout Description
35285 \begin_inset space ~
35288 Space Inserts a protected space that is described in section
35289 \begin_inset space ~
35293 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35295 reference "sub:Protected-Space"
35302 \begin_layout Description
35304 \begin_inset space ~
35307 Space Inserts an inter-word space that is described in section
35308 \begin_inset space ~
35312 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35314 reference "sub:Inter-word-Space"
35321 \begin_layout Description
35323 \begin_inset space ~
35326 Space Inserts a thin space that is described in section
35327 \begin_inset space ~
35331 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35333 reference "sub:Thin-Space"
35340 \begin_layout Description
35342 \begin_inset space ~
35345 Fill Inserts an horizontal fill, see section
35346 \begin_inset space ~
35350 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35352 reference "sub:Horizontal-Space"
35359 \begin_layout Description
35361 \begin_inset space ~
35364 Line Inserts an horizontal line, see section
35365 \begin_inset space ~
35369 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35371 reference "sub:Horizontal-Lines"
35378 \begin_layout Description
35380 \begin_inset space ~
35383 Space Inserts vertical space, see section
35384 \begin_inset space ~
35388 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35390 reference "sub:Vertical-Space"
35397 \begin_layout Description
35399 \begin_inset space ~
35402 Point Inserts an hyphenation point, see section
35403 \begin_inset space ~
35407 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35409 reference "sub:Hyphenation"
35416 \begin_layout Description
35418 \begin_inset space ~
35421 Break Inserts a ligature break, see section
35422 \begin_inset space ~
35426 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35428 reference "sub:Ligatures"
35435 \begin_layout Description
35437 \begin_inset space ~
35440 Break Inserts a forced line break, see section
35441 \begin_inset space ~
35445 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35447 reference "sub:Forced-Linebreaks"
35454 \begin_layout Description
35456 \begin_inset space ~
35459 Break Inserts a forced page break, described in section
35460 \begin_inset space ~
35464 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35466 reference "sub:Forced-Pagebreaks"
35473 \begin_layout Description
35475 \begin_inset space ~
35478 Page Inserts a clear page break, described in section
35479 \begin_inset space ~
35483 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35485 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
35492 \begin_layout Description
35494 \begin_inset space ~
35498 \begin_inset space ~
35501 Page Inserts a clear doublepage break, described in section
35502 \begin_inset space ~
35506 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35508 reference "sub:Clear-Pages"
35515 \begin_layout Subsection
35519 \begin_layout Standard
35520 Various lists can be inserted with this menu.
35521 The table of contents, the algorithm, figures, and tables list are described
35523 \begin_inset space ~
35527 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35529 reference "sec:toc"
35534 The index list is described in section
35535 \begin_inset space ~
35539 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35541 reference "sec:Index"
35545 , the nomenclature in section
35546 \begin_inset space ~
35550 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35552 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35556 , and the BibTeX bibliography in section
35557 \begin_inset space ~
35561 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35563 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
35570 \begin_layout Subsection
35574 \begin_layout Standard
35575 To insert floats, described in section
35576 \begin_inset space ~
35580 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35582 reference "sec:Floats"
35589 \begin_layout Subsection
35593 \begin_layout Standard
35594 To insert notes, described in section
35595 \begin_inset space ~
35599 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35601 reference "sec:Notes"
35608 \begin_layout Subsection
35612 \begin_layout Standard
35613 Inserts branch insets as described in section
35614 \begin_inset space ~
35618 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35620 reference "sec:Branches"
35627 \begin_layout Subsection
35632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35641 \begin_layout Standard
35642 Here you can inserts files to include them or its content to your document.
35643 How this can be done is in detail explained in chapter
35654 \begin_layout Subsection
35659 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35668 \begin_layout Standard
35669 Inserts a minipage box that is described section
35670 \begin_inset space ~
35674 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35676 reference "sec:Minipages"
35681 All box types supported by LyX are explained in detail in chapter
35692 \begin_layout Subsection
35696 \begin_layout Standard
35697 Inserts a citation as described in section
35698 \begin_inset space ~
35702 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35704 reference "sec:Bibliography"
35711 \begin_layout Subsection
35715 \begin_layout Standard
35716 Inserts a cross-reference as described in section
35717 \begin_inset space ~
35721 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35723 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35730 \begin_layout Subsection
35734 \begin_layout Standard
35735 Inserts a label as described in section
35736 \begin_inset space ~
35740 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35742 reference "sec:Cross-References"
35749 \begin_layout Subsection
35754 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35764 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35765 Longtables ! Caption
35773 \begin_layout Standard
35774 Inserts a caption to floats or longtables.
35775 Floats are described in section
35776 \begin_inset space ~
35780 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35782 reference "sec:Floats"
35786 , cations in longtables are described in section
35797 \begin_layout Subsection
35801 \begin_layout Standard
35802 Inserts an index entry as described in section
35803 \begin_inset space ~
35807 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35809 reference "sec:Index"
35816 \begin_layout Subsection
35820 \begin_layout Standard
35821 Inserts a nomenclature entry as described in section
35822 \begin_inset space ~
35826 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35828 reference "sec:Nomenclature"
35835 \begin_layout Subsection
35839 \begin_layout Standard
35841 Tables are described in section
35842 \begin_inset space ~
35846 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35848 reference "sec:Tables"
35855 \begin_layout Subsection
35859 \begin_layout Standard
35861 Graphics are described in section
35862 \begin_inset space ~
35866 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35868 reference "sec:Graphics"
35875 \begin_layout Subsection
35879 \begin_layout Standard
35880 Inserts an URL box as described in section
35881 \begin_inset space ~
35885 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35887 reference "sec:URL"
35894 \begin_layout Subsection
35898 \begin_layout Standard
35899 Inserts a footnote, see section
35900 \begin_inset space ~
35904 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35906 reference "sec:Footnotes"
35913 \begin_layout Subsection
35917 \begin_layout Standard
35918 Inserts a marginal note, see section
35919 \begin_inset space ~
35923 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35925 reference "sec:Marginal-Notes"
35932 \begin_layout Subsection
35936 \begin_layout Standard
35937 Inserts a short title, see section
35938 \begin_inset space ~
35942 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35944 reference "sec:Short-Titles"
35951 \begin_layout Subsection
35955 \begin_layout Standard
35956 Inserts a TeX Code box, see section
35957 \begin_inset space ~
35961 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
35963 reference "sub:TeX-Code-Boxes"
35970 \begin_layout Subsection
35975 \begin_layout Plain Layout
35984 \begin_layout Standard
35985 Inserts a program listings box.
35986 Program listings are explained in chapter
35988 Program Code Listings
35997 \begin_layout Subsection
36001 \begin_layout Standard
36002 Inserts the actual date.
36003 The format dependends on the date format of the language that is used for
36005 LyX offers another ways to insert a date which is explained in section
36015 There the different methods are also compared.
36018 \begin_layout Section
36023 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36032 \begin_layout Standard
36033 This menu lists the existing, chapter, sections, figures, and tables of
36034 the current document.
36035 This allows you to navigate easily through you document.
36038 \begin_layout Standard
36039 The Navigate menu also offers to
36042 \begin_layout Subsection
36046 \begin_layout Standard
36047 With this menu you are able to define your own bookmarks.
36048 This is useful when you are working on a large documents and often have
36051 \begin_inset space ~
36055 To create bookmarks for this example, go to section
36056 \begin_inset space ~
36059 2.5 and use the menu
36062 \begin_inset space ~
36066 \begin_inset space ~
36073 \begin_inset space ~
36079 \begin_inset space ~
36083 \begin_inset space ~
36089 Now you can easily jump between these sections by using the menu or by
36101 \begin_layout Standard
36102 You can also use bookmarks to jump between several opened documents.
36103 The saved bookmarks are valid till the document is closed.
36106 \begin_layout Subsection
36107 Next Note, Change, Cross-reference
36110 \begin_layout Standard
36111 Jump to the next note, change, or cross-reference following the current
36115 \begin_layout Subsection
36119 \begin_layout Standard
36120 Only active when the cursor is in front of a cross-reference.
36121 Sets the cursor before the referenced label, the same as if you right-click
36122 on a cross-reference box.
36125 \begin_layout Section
36130 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36139 \begin_layout Subsection
36143 \begin_layout Standard
36144 Change Tracking is described in section
36145 \begin_inset space ~
36149 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36151 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
36158 \begin_layout Subsection
36163 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36173 \begin_layout Standard
36174 After running LaTeX by viewing or exporting a document, this menu will be
36176 It shows the logfile of the used LaTeX-program.
36179 \begin_layout Standard
36180 Here you can see how LaTeX works in the background.
36185 will find in it reasons for LaTeX-errors.
36188 \begin_layout Subsection
36192 \begin_layout Standard
36193 Opens the TOC/Outline window as described in section
36194 \begin_inset space ~
36198 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36200 reference "sub:Table-of-Contents"
36207 \begin_layout Subsection
36208 Start Appendix Here
36211 \begin_layout Standard
36212 This menu will start the appendix of the document at the current cursor
36213 position as described in section
36214 \begin_inset space ~
36218 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36220 reference "sec:Appendices"
36227 \begin_layout Subsection
36231 \begin_layout Standard
36232 Un/compresses the actual document.
36235 \begin_layout Subsection
36237 \begin_inset CommandInset label
36239 name "sub:Settings"
36247 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36248 Document ! Settings
36256 \begin_layout Standard
36257 This menu dialog contains some submenus to set properties for the whole
36259 You can save your document settings as default with the
36261 Save as Document Defaults
36263 button in the dialog.
36264 This will create a template named
36268 which is automatically loaded by LyX when you create a new document without
36272 \begin_layout Standard
36273 The different submenus of the dialog are explained in the following:
36276 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36280 \begin_layout Standard
36281 Here you set the document class, class options, and a Postscript driver.
36282 Document classes are described in section
36283 \begin_inset space ~
36287 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36289 reference "sec:Document-Classes"
36294 The Postscript driver is used for LaTeX's color and graphics packages.
36299 , the default driver for the LaTeX-packages are used.
36300 It is recommended to use the default unless your know what you are doing.
36303 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36307 \begin_layout Standard
36308 The document font settings are described in section
36309 \begin_inset space ~
36313 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36315 reference "sec:Fonts-and-Text"
36322 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36326 \begin_layout Standard
36327 You can specify if paragraphs should be separated by indentations or vertical
36329 The line spacing and the number of text columns can here also be specified.
36333 \begin_layout Standard
36334 Note that LyX won't show two columns or the set up line spacing on screen.
36335 That's impractical, often unreadable, and not part of the WYSIWYM concept.
36336 However, it will be as you specified it in the output.
36339 \begin_layout Standard
36340 The listings settings are explained in the corresponding section in the
36348 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36352 \begin_layout Standard
36353 A description of this menu is given in section
36354 \begin_inset space ~
36358 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36360 reference "sub:Paper-Size,-Orientation,"
36365 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36367 reference "sub:Document-Layout"
36374 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36378 \begin_layout Standard
36379 Here you can adjust the paper margins, see section
36380 \begin_inset space ~
36384 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36386 reference "sub:Margins"
36393 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36398 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36399 Language ! Encoding
36407 \begin_layout Standard
36408 The document language and quote styles are set here.
36409 The encoding specifies how the document content is exported to LaTeX (the
36410 LyX file is always encoded in utf8).
36411 All characters that cannot be encoded using the specified encoding will
36412 be exported as LaTeX-commands (this can fail if a LaTeX-command is not
36413 known for a particular character).
36417 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36418 The known commands are defined in a text file.
36419 You can add commands for unknown symbols to that file yourself, see the
36424 manual for details.
36432 \begin_layout Standard
36433 If you use the option
36435 use language's default encoding
36437 , LyX determines the encoding of a portion of text from the language of
36439 If the document contains text in more than one language you may get more
36440 than one encoding in the LaTeX file.
36441 If you do not use this option then the complete document will always use
36442 exactly one encoding.
36443 Checking this option is the preferred setting unless you use
36451 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36452 XeTeX is a TeX typesetting engine, an alternative for LaTeX.
36453 It natively supports Unicode while its input file is assumed to be in UTF-8
36455 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36456 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36470 \begin_layout Standard
36471 LyX also supports Unicode output, which is particularly useful if you need
36472 lots of special symbols or non-alphabetic scripts, respectively.
36473 If you want to use this (and your LaTeX installation supports Unicode,
36474 for that matter), choose one of the four utf8 variants from the list below.
36475 Unfortunately the unicode support of standard LaTeX is quite incomplete,
36476 so it is not uncommon that a file with lots of unicode symbols works fine
36479 use language's default encoding
36481 (when LyX uses it's list of known LaTeX-commands), but does not work with
36482 a fixed utf8 encoding (when the list of known LaTeX-commands is ot used,
36483 because all unicode symbols can be encoded in utf8).
36486 \begin_layout Standard
36487 Here is a list with the important encodings:
36490 \begin_layout Description
36492 \begin_inset space ~
36497 use language's default encoding
36499 , but the LaTeX-package
36507 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36508 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36514 When using this, you probably need to load some other packages manually
36515 in the preamble and specify the used encoding for text parts in foreign
36516 languages in TeX code.
36519 \begin_layout Description
36520 armscii8 encoding for Armenian
36523 \begin_layout Description
36524 ascii the ASCII encoding, covers only plain English, may result in a big
36525 file because lots of LaTeX-commands may be needed
36528 \begin_layout Description
36529 cp1250 MS Windows code page for latin2
36532 \begin_layout Description
36533 cp1251 MS Windows code page for Cyrillic
36536 \begin_layout Description
36537 cp1252 MS Windows code page for latin1
36540 \begin_layout Description
36541 cp1255 MS Windows code page for Hebrew, superset of the ISO-8859-8 encoding
36544 \begin_layout Description
36545 cp1256 MS Windows code page for Arabic and Farsi
36548 \begin_layout Description
36549 cp1257 MS Windows code page for Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian, the ISO-8859-
36550 13 encoding that is a superset of the ISO-8859-4 encoding
36553 \begin_layout Description
36554 iso88595 the ISO-8859-5 encoding, covers Belorussian, Bulgarian, Macedonian,
36555 Serbian, and Ukrainian
36558 \begin_layout Description
36559 iso-8859-7 the ISO-8859-7 encoding, covers Greek
36562 \begin_layout Description
36563 8859-8 the ISO-8859-8 encoding, covers Hebrew
36566 \begin_layout Description
36567 koi8-r standard Cyrillic especially for Russian
36570 \begin_layout Description
36571 koi8-u Cyrillic for Ukrainian
36574 \begin_layout Description
36575 latin1 the ISO-8859-1 encoding, covers the languages Albanian, Catalan,
36576 Danish, Dutch, English, Faroese, Finnish, French, Galician, German, Icelandic,
36577 Irish, Italian, Norwegian, Portuguese, Spanish, and Swedish; should be
36581 \begin_layout Description
36582 latin2 the ISO-8859-2 encoding, covers Albanian, Croatian, Czech, German,
36583 Hungarian, Polish, Romanian, Slovak, and Slovenian
36586 \begin_layout Description
36587 latin3 the ISO-8859-3 encoding, covers Esperanto, Galician, Maltese, and
36591 \begin_layout Description
36592 latin4 the ISO-8859-4 encoding, covers Estonian, Latvian, and Lithuanian
36595 \begin_layout Description
36596 latin5 the ISO-8859-9 encoding, covers Turkish, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding
36597 where the Icelandic letters are replaced by Turkish ones
36600 \begin_layout Description
36601 latin9 the ISO-8859-15 encoding, like the ISO-8859-1 encoding, but with
36602 the euro currency sign, the
36606 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36615 -ligature and some characters used for French and Finnish; latin9 should
36616 be the replacement for latin1
36619 \begin_layout Description
36620 pt154 Cyrillic for Kazakh
36623 \begin_layout Description
36624 utf8 Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX-package
36632 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36633 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! inputenc
36639 Currently only a limited range of characters (mainly for Latin scripts)
36643 \begin_layout Description
36644 utf8x Unicode utf8 based on the LaTeX package
36652 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36653 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! ucs
36658 (comprehensive, including Latin, Greek, Cyrillic and CJK scripts).
36661 \begin_layout Description
36662 UTF8 Unicode utf8 with the LaTeX-package
36670 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36671 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! CJK
36676 (for the languages Chinese, Japanese and Korean)
36679 \begin_layout Description
36680 utf8-plain Unicode utf8 to be used with
36684 , which uses Unicode directly, without the help of the LaTeX-package
36692 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36693 More about using LyX with XeTeX can be found in
36694 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
36708 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36712 \begin_layout Standard
36713 You can adjust here the numbering depth of sections headings as described
36715 \begin_inset space ~
36719 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36721 reference "sub:Numbering-depth"
36728 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36732 \begin_layout Standard
36733 You can specify here a citation style using the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36741 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36742 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! natbib
36755 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36756 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! jurabib
36762 For a further description see section
36763 \begin_inset space ~
36767 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36769 reference "sec:Bibliography"
36776 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36780 \begin_layout Standard
36781 These options will force LyX to use the Latex@LaTeX-packages
36789 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36790 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! amsmath
36803 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36804 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! esint
36809 or to use them automatically when they are needed.
36812 \begin_layout Standard
36817 is needed for many constructs, so when you get LaTeX-errors in formulas,
36818 assure that you have enabled AMS.
36821 \begin_layout Standard
36826 is used for special integral characters.
36829 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36833 \begin_layout Standard
36834 The float placement options are described in section
36835 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
36839 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36841 reference "sub:Float-Placement"
36848 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36852 \begin_layout Standard
36853 Here you can adjust the characters for the itemize levels.
36854 The itemize environment is described in section
36855 \begin_inset space ~
36859 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36861 reference "sec:Itemize"
36868 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36872 \begin_layout Standard
36873 Branches are described in section
36874 \begin_inset space ~
36878 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36880 reference "sec:Branches"
36887 \begin_layout Subsubsection*
36892 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36902 \begin_layout Standard
36903 In this text field are entered commands to load special LaTeX-packages or
36904 to define LaTeX-commands.
36905 The preamble is a thing for LaTeX-experts.
36906 You shouldn't enter commands here until you don't exactly know what you
36910 \begin_layout Standard
36911 An introduction in the LaTeX-syntax is given in section
36912 \begin_inset space ~
36916 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36918 reference "sub:LaTeX-Syntax"
36925 \begin_layout Section
36930 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36939 \begin_layout Subsection
36943 \begin_layout Standard
36944 Spell checking is explained in section
36945 \begin_inset space ~
36949 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36951 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
36958 \begin_layout Subsection
36962 \begin_layout Standard
36963 The thesaurus is described in section
36964 \begin_inset space ~
36968 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
36970 reference "sec:Thesaurus"
36977 \begin_layout Subsection
36982 \begin_layout Plain Layout
36991 \begin_layout Standard
36992 Counts the number of words in the actual document or the highlighted document
36996 \begin_layout Subsection
37001 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37010 \begin_layout Standard
37011 Shows you a list of the classes and styles installed in your LaTeX-system.
37014 \begin_layout Subsection
37019 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37020 Lyx@LyX ! Reconfigure|see
37024 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37031 Reconfiguration of LyX
37035 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37051 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37052 Reconfiguration of LyX
37060 \begin_layout Standard
37061 This menu reconfigures LyX.
37062 That means LyX looks for LaTeX-packages and needed programs, see also section
37063 \begin_inset space ~
37067 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37069 reference "sec:Basic-LyX-Setup"
37076 \begin_layout Subsection
37080 \begin_layout Standard
37081 The preferences dialog is described in detail in chapter
37082 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37086 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37088 reference "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
37095 \begin_layout Section
37100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37109 \begin_layout Standard
37110 This menu opens the documentation files of LyX in the language of LyX's
37114 \begin_layout Standard
37118 \begin_inset space ~
37123 shows a LyX-document with informations about the LaTeX-packages and classes
37124 found by LyX (see also section
37125 \begin_inset space ~
37129 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37131 reference "sec:LaTeX-Setup"
37138 \begin_layout Section
37140 \begin_inset CommandInset label
37142 name "sec:Toolbars"
37149 \begin_layout Standard
37150 How to show or hide toolbars is explained in section
37151 \begin_inset space ~
37155 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
37157 reference "sub:Toolbars"
37164 \begin_layout Standard
37165 It is also possible to define custom toolbars.
37166 This is described in the
37173 \begin_layout Subsection
37178 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37187 \begin_layout Standard
37188 \begin_inset Graphics
37189 filename clipart/StandardToolbar.png
37197 \begin_layout Standard
37198 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37204 \begin_layout Standard
37205 The standard toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37210 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37222 \begin_inset Note Note
37225 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37226 This is necessary to left align the following longtables.
37231 manual for more information.
37239 \begin_layout Standard
37240 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37246 \begin_layout Standard
37247 \begin_inset Tabular
37248 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="1" columns="2">
37249 <features islongtable="true">
37250 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37251 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
37253 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37256 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37257 \begin_inset Graphics
37258 filename clipart/ToolbarEnvBox.png
37268 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37271 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37272 pull-down menu for the paragraph environments
37285 \begin_layout Standard
37286 \begin_inset VSpace -10mm
37292 \begin_layout Standard
37294 \begin_inset Tabular
37295 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
37296 <features islongtable="true">
37297 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37298 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37299 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37300 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37303 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37306 \begin_inset Graphics
37307 filename ../images/buffer-new.png
37308 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37317 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37320 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37323 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37330 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37331 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37334 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37335 \begin_inset Graphics
37336 filename ../images/file-open.png
37337 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37346 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37349 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37352 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37359 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37364 \begin_inset Graphics
37365 filename ../images/buffer-write.png
37366 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37381 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37388 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37393 \begin_inset Graphics
37394 filename ../images/dialog-show_print.png
37395 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 24bp 20bp
37404 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37407 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37410 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37417 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37422 \begin_inset Graphics
37423 filename ../images/dialog-show_spellchecker.png
37424 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37433 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37436 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37439 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37446 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37447 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37450 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37451 \begin_inset Graphics
37452 filename ../images/undo.png
37453 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37462 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37465 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37468 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37475 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37476 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37479 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37480 \begin_inset Graphics
37481 filename ../images/redo.png
37482 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37491 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37494 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37497 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37504 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37509 \begin_inset Graphics
37510 filename ../images/cut.png
37511 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37520 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37523 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37526 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37533 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37538 \begin_inset Graphics
37539 filename ../images/copy.png
37540 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37549 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37552 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37555 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37562 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37567 \begin_inset Graphics
37568 filename ../images/paste.png
37569 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37578 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37581 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37584 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37591 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37596 \begin_inset Graphics
37597 filename ../images/dialog-show_findreplace.png
37598 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37599 rotateOrigin center
37608 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37611 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37614 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37616 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37620 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
37629 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37630 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37633 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37634 \begin_inset Graphics
37635 filename ../images/font-emph.png
37636 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37645 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37648 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37649 Emphasize text, function of the Edit
37651 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37653 \begin_inset space ~
37664 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37665 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37668 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37669 \begin_inset Graphics
37670 filename ../images/font-noun.png
37671 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37680 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37683 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37684 Set text to noun style, function of the Edit
37686 \SpecialChar \menuseparator
37688 \begin_inset space ~
37699 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37700 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37703 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37704 \begin_inset Graphics
37705 filename ../images/textstyle-apply.png
37706 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37715 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37718 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37719 Formats text using the current settings in the
37721 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37723 \begin_inset space ~
37734 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37735 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37738 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37739 \begin_inset Graphics
37740 filename ../images/math-mode.png
37741 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
37750 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37753 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37756 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37757 Math\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37759 \begin_inset space ~
37768 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37769 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37772 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37773 \begin_inset Graphics
37774 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_graphics.png
37775 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37776 rotateOrigin center
37785 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37788 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37791 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37798 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37799 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37803 \begin_inset Graphics
37804 filename ../images/tabular-insert.png
37805 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37806 rotateOrigin center
37815 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37818 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37821 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37828 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37829 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37832 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37833 \begin_inset Graphics
37834 filename ../images/dialog-toggle_toc.png
37835 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37836 rotateOrigin center
37845 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37848 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37849 Toggle outline window on/off,
37851 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
37858 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37859 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37862 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37863 \begin_inset Graphics
37864 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_math.png
37865 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37866 rotateOrigin center
37875 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37878 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37879 Toggle math toolbar on/off
37885 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37890 \begin_inset Graphics
37891 filename ../images/toolbar-toggle_table.png
37892 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37893 rotateOrigin center
37902 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37905 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37906 Toggle table toolbar on/off
37919 \begin_layout Subsection
37924 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37933 \begin_layout Standard
37934 \begin_inset Graphics
37935 filename clipart/ExtraToolbar.png
37943 \begin_layout Standard
37944 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37950 \begin_layout Standard
37951 The extra toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the following
37955 \begin_layout Standard
37956 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
37962 \begin_layout Standard
37963 \begin_inset Tabular
37964 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="24" columns="2">
37965 <features islongtable="true">
37966 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37967 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
37968 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37969 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37972 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37973 \begin_inset Graphics
37974 filename ../images/layout.png
37975 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
37976 rotateOrigin center
37985 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37988 \begin_layout Plain Layout
37995 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
37996 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
37999 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38000 \begin_inset Graphics
38001 filename ../images/layout_Enumerate.png
38002 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38003 rotateOrigin center
38012 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38015 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38022 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38023 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38026 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38027 \begin_inset Graphics
38028 filename ../images/layout_Itemize.png
38029 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38030 rotateOrigin center
38039 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38042 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38049 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38050 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38053 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38054 \begin_inset Graphics
38055 filename ../images/layout_List.png
38056 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38057 rotateOrigin center
38066 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38069 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38076 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38077 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38080 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38081 \begin_inset Graphics
38082 filename ../images/layout_Description.png
38083 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38084 rotateOrigin center
38093 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38096 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38103 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38104 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38107 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38108 \begin_inset Graphics
38109 filename ../images/depth-increment.png
38110 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38111 rotateOrigin center
38120 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38123 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38126 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38128 \begin_inset space ~
38132 \begin_inset space ~
38141 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38142 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38145 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38146 \begin_inset Graphics
38147 filename ../images/depth-decrement.png
38148 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38149 rotateOrigin center
38158 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38161 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38164 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38166 \begin_inset space ~
38170 \begin_inset space ~
38179 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38180 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38183 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38184 \begin_inset Graphics
38185 filename ../images/float-insert_figure.png
38186 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38195 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38198 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38201 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38202 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38209 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38210 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38213 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38214 \begin_inset Graphics
38215 filename ../images/float-insert_table.png
38216 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38225 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38231 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38232 Float\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38239 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38240 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38243 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38244 \begin_inset Graphics
38245 filename ../images/label-insert.png
38246 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38255 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38258 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38261 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38268 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38269 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38272 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38273 \begin_inset Graphics
38274 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_ref.png
38275 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38284 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38287 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38290 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38297 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38302 \begin_inset Graphics
38303 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_citation.png
38304 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38313 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38316 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38319 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38326 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38327 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38330 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38331 \begin_inset Graphics
38332 filename ../images/index-insert.png
38333 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38342 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38345 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38348 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38350 \begin_inset space ~
38359 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38360 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38363 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38364 \begin_inset Graphics
38365 filename ../images/nomencl-insert.png
38366 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38375 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38378 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38381 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38383 \begin_inset space ~
38392 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38393 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38396 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38397 \begin_inset Graphics
38398 filename ../images/footnote-insert.png
38399 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38408 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38411 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38414 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38421 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38422 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38425 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38426 \begin_inset Graphics
38427 filename ../images/marginalnote-insert.png
38428 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38429 rotateOrigin center
38438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38444 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38446 \begin_inset space ~
38455 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38456 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38459 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38460 \begin_inset Graphics
38461 filename ../images/note-insert.png
38462 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38471 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38474 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38477 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38478 Note\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38480 \begin_inset space ~
38489 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38490 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38493 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38494 \begin_inset Graphics
38495 filename ../images/box-insert.png
38496 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38505 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38508 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38511 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38518 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38519 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38522 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38523 \begin_inset Graphics
38524 filename ../images/url-insert.png
38525 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38534 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38537 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38540 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38547 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38548 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38551 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38552 \begin_inset Graphics
38553 filename ../images/ert-insert.png
38554 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38563 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38566 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38569 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38576 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38591 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38592 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38595 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38596 \begin_inset Graphics
38597 filename ../images/dialog-show-new-inset_include.png
38598 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 20bp
38607 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38610 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38613 Insert\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38614 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38616 \begin_inset space ~
38625 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38626 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38629 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38630 \begin_inset Graphics
38631 filename ../images/dialog-show_character.png
38632 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38633 rotateOrigin center
38642 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38645 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38648 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38650 \begin_inset space ~
38659 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38660 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38663 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38664 \begin_inset Graphics
38665 filename ../images/layout-paragraph.png
38666 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38667 rotateOrigin center
38676 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38679 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38682 Edit\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38684 \begin_inset space ~
38693 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38694 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38698 \begin_inset Graphics
38699 filename ../images/thesaurus-entry.png
38700 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38701 rotateOrigin center
38710 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38713 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38716 Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38730 \begin_layout Subsection
38731 View / Update Toolbar
38735 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38736 Toolbar ! View / Update
38744 \begin_layout Standard
38745 \begin_inset Graphics
38746 filename clipart/ViewToolbar.png
38753 \begin_layout Standard
38754 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38760 \begin_layout Standard
38761 The view / update toolbar as shown above contains from left to right the
38765 \begin_layout Standard
38766 \begin_inset VSpace defskip
38772 \begin_layout Standard
38773 \begin_inset Tabular
38774 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="6" columns="2">
38775 <features islongtable="true">
38776 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38777 <column alignment="left" valignment="top" width="0">
38778 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38779 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38782 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38783 \begin_inset Graphics
38784 filename ../images/buffer-view_dvi.png
38785 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38786 rotateOrigin center
38795 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38798 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38801 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38808 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38809 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38813 \begin_inset Graphics
38814 filename ../images/buffer-update_dvi.png
38815 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38816 rotateOrigin center
38825 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38831 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38832 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38839 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38840 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38843 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38844 \begin_inset Graphics
38845 filename ../images/buffer-view_pdf2.png
38846 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38847 rotateOrigin center
38856 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38859 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38862 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38869 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38870 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38873 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38874 \begin_inset Graphics
38875 filename ../images/buffer-update_pdf2.png
38876 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38877 rotateOrigin center
38886 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38889 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38892 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38893 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38898 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38899 This button is on some LyX for Windows installations not here because its
38900 functionality is merged with
38902 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38917 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38918 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38921 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38922 \begin_inset Graphics
38923 filename ../images/buffer-view_ps.png
38924 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38925 rotateOrigin center
38934 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38937 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38940 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38947 <row interlinespace="2.5mm">
38948 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38951 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38952 \begin_inset Graphics
38953 filename ../images/buffer-update_ps.png
38954 BoundingBox 0bp 5bp 20bp 25bp
38955 rotateOrigin center
38964 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" usebox="none">
38967 \begin_layout Plain Layout
38970 View\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38971 Update\SpecialChar \menuseparator
38985 \begin_layout Subsection
38989 \begin_layout Standard
38990 The change tracking toolbar is explained in section
38991 \begin_inset space ~
38995 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
38997 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
39001 , the table toolbar
39005 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39011 is explained in the
39018 \begin_layout Chapter
39024 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39026 name "cha:The-Preferences-dialog"
39034 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39043 \begin_layout Standard
39044 The preferences dialog is called with the menu Tools\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39046 It consists of submenus explained in the following.
39049 \begin_layout Section
39053 \begin_layout Subsection
39055 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39065 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39066 Customization ! of toolbars
39075 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39076 Customization ! of menus
39084 \begin_layout Standard
39085 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39088 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39093 You have to restart LyX before changes in ui- and bind-files take effect.
39101 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39102 User Interface File
39106 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39107 Customization ! of toolbars
39116 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39117 Customization ! of menus
39125 \begin_layout Standard
39126 The appearance of the menus and toolbars can be changed by choosing an user
39127 interface (ui) file.
39128 An ui-file is a textfile where the toolbars and menus are listed.
39129 The toolbar buttons and menu entries are specified in the files
39138 Both files are loaded by the
39143 To create your own menu and toolbar layout, start with a copy of these
39144 files and edit the entries.
39147 \begin_layout Standard
39148 The syntax of the .inc-files is straightforward: The
39160 entries must be ended with an explicit
39185 and in the case of the
39186 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39190 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39198 The syntax for the entries is:
39201 \begin_layout Standard
39202 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39208 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39216 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39220 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39224 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39230 \begin_layout Standard
39232 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39235 All LyX-functions are listed in
39236 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39245 \begin_layout Standard
39246 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
39252 \begin_layout Standard
39253 An example: Assuming you use the menu
39255 Navigate\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39258 quite often and therefore want six available bookmarks, you can add the
39262 \begin_layout Standard
39263 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39268 Item "Save Bookmark 6" "bookmark-save 6"
39271 \begin_layout Standard
39273 \begin_inset VSpace smallskip*
39276 to the navigate menu section in the .inc-file to have the sixth bookmark.
39279 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39284 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39293 \begin_layout Standard
39294 Bindings are used to bind a function to a key.
39295 Several binding files are available:
39298 \begin_layout Description
39299 cua.bind typical set of PC keyboard shortcuts
39302 \begin_layout Description
39303 (x)emacs.bind set of bindings like they are used in the editor programs
39314 \begin_layout Description
39315 mac.bind set of bindings for
39318 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39326 \begin_layout Standard
39327 There are also bind-files designed for special document classes, like
39331 , and bind files for special languages.
39332 The name of language bind-files begin with a language code, e.g.
39334 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39338 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39342 If you use LyX in a certain language, LyX will try to use the appropriate
39346 \begin_layout Standard
39347 Some bind-files, like
39351 , have only a small scope.
39352 When looking at the the end of the file
39356 , you can see that they are included to keep the overview in the bind-file.
39359 \begin_layout Standard
39360 If you like to customize the keybindings to your own taste, modify the bind-file
39361 s with a text editor.
39362 The syntax of the entries is:
39365 \begin_layout Standard
39371 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39375 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39379 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39383 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39389 \begin_layout Standard
39390 All LyX-functions are listed in
39391 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
39400 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39404 \begin_layout Standard
39408 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39412 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39415 restore window size, or use fixed size
39417 is not checked, you can specify the size of LyX's main window when LyX
39421 \begin_layout Standard
39425 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39429 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39432 restore window position
39434 LyX will be opened with its main window at the last used position.
39437 \begin_layout Standard
39440 Restore cursor positions
39442 sets the cursor to the position in the file where it has been the last
39446 \begin_layout Standard
39449 Load opened files from last session
39451 opens all files that were opened in the last LyX session.
39454 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39456 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39458 name "sub:Backup documents"
39466 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39475 \begin_layout Standard
39480 is set, you can specify the time between backup saves.
39483 \begin_layout Standard
39488 is the number of last opened files that LyX should display in the menu
39491 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39493 \begin_inset space ~
39501 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39505 \begin_layout Standard
39508 Cursor follows scrollbar
39510 sets the cursor to the top of the currently displayed document part when
39514 \begin_layout Subsubsection
39518 \begin_layout Standard
39521 Enable Pixmap Cache
39523 enabled, LyX needs to redraw the screen less often.
39524 This results in better performance, especially on slow systems.
39525 On the other hand, the characters might look more fuzzy on screen.
39526 So whether you enable this or not depends on whether you prefer speed over
39528 Note that the Pixmap Cache is only available and useful under Mac
39529 \begin_inset space ~
39535 \begin_layout Subsection
39540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39547 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39549 name "sub:Screen-Fonts"
39556 \begin_layout Standard
39557 These fonts are used to display your documents on the screen.
39560 \begin_layout Standard
39561 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39564 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39569 This section only deals with the fonts
39574 The fonts that appear on the output are independent from these fonts, and
39577 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39578 Settings\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39589 \begin_layout Standard
39590 By default, LyX uses
39594 as roman (serif) font,
39602 (depends on the system) as
39605 \begin_inset space ~
39621 \begin_layout Standard
39622 You can change the font size with the
39629 \begin_layout Standard
39634 is the screen resolution in dpi (dots per inch).
39635 The Font Sizes are calculated as letter height in units of points.
39637 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39640 points have the size of 1
39641 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39645 \begin_inset space ~
39649 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39651 reference "cha:Units-available-in"
39658 \begin_layout Standard
39663 are the same as if a document font size of 10
39664 \begin_inset Formula $\,$
39668 The sizes are explained in detail in section
39669 \begin_inset space ~
39673 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39675 reference "sub:Document-Font"
39682 \begin_layout Subsection
39687 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39697 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39706 \begin_layout Standard
39707 You can here change all colors used by LyX.
39708 Choose an item in the list and use the
39715 \begin_layout Subsection
39720 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39721 Settings ! Graphics
39729 \begin_layout Standard
39730 Here you can specify how graphics inside LyX are displayed.
39733 \begin_layout Standard
39738 enables previewing snippets of your document.
39739 This feature is described in section
39740 \begin_inset space ~
39744 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39746 reference "sec:Previewing-snippets-of"
39753 \begin_layout Subsection
39758 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39768 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39769 Settings ! Keyboard Map
39775 \begin_inset CommandInset label
39777 name "sub:Keyboard-Map"
39784 \begin_layout Standard
39785 Normally keyboard settings have to be done in a menu of your operating system.
39786 For the case that this is not possible, LyX provides keyboard maps.
39788 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39792 \begin_inset space ~
39795 a Czech keyboard but want to write with it like with a Romanian one, you
39796 can use the keyboard map file named
39803 \begin_layout Standard
39804 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39807 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39812 Keyboard maps are only provided as makeshift and don't work on all systems.
39820 \begin_layout Section
39825 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39835 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39836 Settings ! Directory
39844 \begin_layout Description
39846 \begin_inset space ~
39849 directory This is LyX's working directory.
39850 It is the default when you
39861 \begin_inset space ~
39869 \begin_layout Description
39871 \begin_inset space ~
39874 templates This directory will be opened when you use the menu
39876 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
39878 \begin_inset space ~
39882 \begin_inset space ~
39890 \begin_layout Description
39892 \begin_inset space ~
39899 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39905 Backup copies will be saved to this directory.
39906 When no directory is given but backups are enabled as described in section
39907 \begin_inset space ~
39911 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
39913 reference "sub:Backup documents"
39921 will be used to save the backups.
39922 \begin_inset Newline newline
39925 The backup files have the ending
39926 \begin_inset Quotes eld
39930 \begin_inset Quotes erd
39936 \begin_layout Description
39941 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39948 XServer-Pipe Here you can enter the name of a Unix-pipe.
39949 This pipe is used to send data from external programs to LyX.
39950 \begin_inset Newline newline
39954 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
39957 \begin_layout Plain Layout
39962 This feature doesn't work on Windows systems.
39970 \begin_layout Description
39972 \begin_inset space ~
39975 directory Temporary files will be saved in this directory.
39978 \begin_layout Description
39980 \begin_inset space ~
39983 prefix This field contains a list of paths to external programs.
39984 When LyX needs to use an external program, it looks in this list where
39985 to find it on the system.
39986 The path list is automatically set up on Windows and Mac systems while
39987 LyX is configured, so that you normally don't have to modify it.
39989 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39993 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
39996 Linux systems, the path list will need to be set only if there are external
39997 programs you wish to use that are not in your normal system path ($PATH).
40001 \begin_layout Section
40005 \begin_layout Standard
40006 Here you can insert your name and email address.
40007 The identity will be used when you have enabled change tracking as described
40009 \begin_inset space ~
40013 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40015 reference "sec:Change-Tracking"
40019 , to mark changes you make as yours.
40022 \begin_layout Section
40027 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40028 Language ! Settings
40037 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40038 Settings ! Language
40046 \begin_layout Subsection
40050 \begin_layout Description
40052 \begin_inset space ~
40055 language is the language used in new documents
40058 \begin_layout Description
40060 \begin_inset space ~
40063 package is a LaTeX-command to load a LaTeX-package that handles language
40065 The default is the LaTeX-command
40071 that loads the package
40079 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40080 For an introduction to the LaTeX-Syntax, have a look at section
40081 \begin_inset space ~
40085 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40087 reference "sec:TeX-Code"
40097 \begin_inset Newline newline
40104 translates in the background automatically text labels of documents to
40105 the document language.
40106 A text label is for instance the word
40107 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40111 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40114 at the beginning of every table-caption.
40117 \begin_layout Description
40119 \begin_inset space ~
40122 start When a special LaTeX-package is needed to write in a certain document
40123 language, you can here specify the command to start the package.
40124 An example is the start command
40130 that is needed to write Arabic using the package
40135 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
40150 selectlanguage{$$lang}
40155 \begin_layout Description
40157 \begin_inset space ~
40165 Some packages, like the default, don't have an end command since the start
40166 command toggles the package on and off.
40169 \begin_layout Description
40171 \begin_inset space ~
40181 \begin_layout Description
40182 Global When this option is set, the languages used in the document will
40183 be added as options to the document class options, so that they can be
40184 used by all Latex@LaTeX-packages.
40185 Otherwise they will only be used as options for the
40192 \begin_layout Description
40194 \begin_inset space ~
40197 begin When this option is set, the documents starts with the chosen document
40199 When this option is not set, the
40202 \begin_inset space ~
40207 is explicitly set to the beginning of the document in the LaTeX-output.
40208 This assures that the correct language is used when you use another
40211 \begin_inset space ~
40219 \begin_layout Description
40221 \begin_inset space ~
40227 \begin_inset space ~
40233 When it is not set, the
40236 \begin_inset space ~
40241 is set to the end of the document.
40244 \begin_layout Description
40246 \begin_inset space ~
40250 \begin_inset space ~
40253 languages Text marked formatted in a language different from the document
40254 language will be underlined blue.
40257 \begin_layout Description
40259 \begin_inset space ~
40263 \begin_inset space ~
40267 \begin_inset space ~
40271 \begin_inset space ~
40274 support Enables the use of languages, written from right to left, like Arabic,
40278 \begin_layout Subsection
40282 \begin_layout Standard
40283 The spellchecker settings are explained in section
40284 \begin_inset space ~
40288 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40290 reference "sec:Spellchecking"
40297 \begin_layout Section
40301 \begin_layout Subsection
40303 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40313 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40323 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40332 \begin_layout Description
40334 \begin_inset space ~
40337 printer Here you can specify the name of your default printer.
40338 The name will be used when the
40343 \begin_inset Newline newline
40347 \begin_inset Note Greyedout
40350 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40355 You can leave this field empty on Windows systems because it has there
40364 \begin_layout Description
40366 \begin_inset space ~
40370 \begin_inset space ~
40374 \begin_inset space ~
40377 printer This option works only for the
40382 \begin_inset Quotes eld
40390 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40394 It activates a configuration file for dvips.
40395 This is an option only for dvips experts.
40398 \begin_layout Description
40400 \begin_inset space ~
40403 command is the command LyX
40404 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40408 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
40411 LaTeX uses for printing.
40412 The default is on most systems
40419 \begin_layout Description
40421 \begin_inset space ~
40425 \begin_inset space ~
40428 Options Here you can specify printer options.
40429 A list of printer options with explanations can be found in the documentation
40430 of the program that provides the
40437 \begin_layout Subsection
40442 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40453 Settings ! Date format
40461 \begin_layout Standard
40462 The date format can be one or a mixture of the formats listed here:
40463 \begin_inset Newline newline
40467 \begin_inset Flex URL
40470 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40472 http://unixhelp.ed.ac.uk/CGI/man-cgi?date
40478 \begin_inset Newline newline
40481 For example the format
40482 \begin_inset Newline newline
40486 \begin_inset Newline newline
40489 prints the date as day/month/year.
40492 \begin_layout Subsection
40496 \begin_layout Description
40498 \begin_inset space ~
40502 \begin_inset space ~
40505 length sets the maximum number of characters printed in one line when using
40508 File\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40509 Export\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40511 \begin_inset space ~
40517 Setting the line line length to 0 means all text is printed in one endless
40521 \begin_layout Description
40523 \begin_inset space ~
40526 command defines an additional command used to produce better ASCII tables
40531 UNIX-commands (refer to their manuals for more information about them).
40532 Setting this as empty tells LyX to use the internal formatter.
40535 \begin_layout Subsection
40540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40548 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40550 name "sub:LaTeX-settings"
40558 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40559 Settings ! Latex@LaTeX
40567 \begin_layout Description
40572 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40580 \begin_inset space ~
40583 encoding This is the default encoding of the document font.
40588 is the default and covers western languages and symbols.
40610 Combinations of the encodings are possible, like
40611 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40619 \begin_inset Quotes erd
40623 The font encoding is normally automatically loaded by the language packages
40624 LyX sets up in the background.
40625 So there is no need to change the default encoding.
40628 \begin_layout Description
40630 \begin_inset space ~
40634 \begin_inset space ~
40637 size This is the paper size that is used for new documents.
40642 value depends on your LaTeX-system setup.
40645 \begin_layout Description
40647 \begin_inset space ~
40651 \begin_inset space ~
40655 \begin_inset space ~
40659 \begin_inset space ~
40663 \begin_inset space ~
40667 \begin_inset space ~
40670 changes Removes all manually set document class options in the
40672 Document\SpecialChar \menuseparator
40675 dialog when changing the document class.
40678 \begin_layout Standard
40681 External Applications
40683 field you can specify commands with parameters for the listed applications.
40684 Before you change something here, it is strongly recommended to read the
40685 manuals of the applications.
40686 Currently the following commands can be set:
40689 \begin_layout Description
40694 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40702 \begin_inset space ~
40705 command Command for the program
40709 that is described in section
40720 \begin_layout Description
40725 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40733 \begin_inset space ~
40736 command Command for the program
40740 that generates the bibliography, see section
40741 \begin_inset space ~
40745 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40747 reference "sub:Bibliography-databases"
40754 \begin_layout Description
40756 \begin_inset space ~
40759 command Command for the program that generates the index, see section
40760 \begin_inset space ~
40764 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
40766 reference "sub:Index-Program"
40773 \begin_layout Description
40775 \begin_inset space ~
40779 \begin_inset space ~
40783 \begin_inset space ~
40787 \begin_inset space ~
40790 options They only have an effect when the program
40794 is used as DVI-viewer.
40797 \begin_layout Subsection
40802 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40812 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40821 \begin_layout Standard
40826 is only available in the Windows version of LyX.
40829 Use Windows-style paths in LaTeX files
40831 uses the Windows path style:
40834 \begin_layout Standard
40842 \begin_layout Standard
40843 instead of the Unix path style:
40846 \begin_layout Standard
40850 \begin_layout Section
40855 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40864 \begin_layout Standard
40865 Here you find the list of defined converter commands to convert material
40866 from one format to another.
40867 You can modify them or create new ones.
40868 To modify a converter, select it, change the entry of the field
40875 \begin_inset space ~
40885 To create a new converter, select an existing one, select a different format
40889 \begin_inset space ~
40894 drop-down list, modify the
40898 field, and press the
40905 \begin_layout Standard
40908 Converter File Cache
40910 is enabled, conversions will be cached as long as specified in the field
40913 Maximum Age (in days
40916 This means that images don't need to be converted again when you reopen
40917 a document; the converted images from the cache will be used instead.
40920 \begin_layout Standard
40921 More about converters, like the variables and flags that can be used in
40922 the converter definition, is described in section
40933 \begin_layout Section
40938 \begin_layout Plain Layout
40945 \begin_inset CommandInset label
40947 name "sec:File-Formats"
40954 \begin_layout Standard
40955 Here you find the list of defined file formats that LyX can handle.
40956 You can modify the viewer and editor program that should be used for certain
40958 To create a new format, select an existing one, change the entry of the
40966 \begin_inset space ~
40978 \begin_layout Standard
40979 More about formats, like the options that can be used in the format definition,
40980 is described in section
40991 \begin_layout Section
40996 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41005 \begin_layout Standard
41006 Here you find the list of defined copiers.
41007 Since all conversions from one format to another take place in LyX's temporary
41008 directory, it is sometimes necessary to modify a file before copying it
41009 to the temporary directory in order that the conversion may be performed.
41010 This is done by a Copier.
41013 \begin_layout Standard
41014 More about converters is described in section
41025 \begin_layout Chapter
41026 Units available in LyX
41030 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41037 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41039 name "cha:Units-available-in"
41046 \begin_layout Standard
41047 To understand the units described in this documentation,
41048 \begin_inset CommandInset ref
41050 reference "cap:Units"
41054 explains all units available in LyX.
41057 \begin_layout Standard
41058 \begin_inset Float table
41064 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41065 \begin_inset Caption
41067 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41068 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41082 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41083 \begin_inset VSpace medskip
41089 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41091 \begin_inset Tabular
41092 <lyxtabular version="3" rows="20" columns="2">
41094 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41095 <column alignment="center" valignment="top" width="0">
41097 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41100 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41106 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41109 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41117 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41120 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41126 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41129 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41137 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41140 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41146 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41149 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41157 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41160 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41166 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41169 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41177 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41180 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41186 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41189 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41191 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41195 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41205 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41208 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41214 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41217 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41219 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41223 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41233 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41236 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41242 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41245 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41246 scaled point (65536
41247 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41251 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41261 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41264 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41270 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41273 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41275 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41279 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41289 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41292 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41298 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41301 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41303 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41307 \begin_inset Formula $\approx$
41311 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41321 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41324 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41330 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41333 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41335 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41339 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41349 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41352 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41358 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41361 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41362 % of original image width
41369 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41372 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41378 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41381 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41389 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41392 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41398 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41401 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41409 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41412 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41418 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41421 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41429 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41432 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41438 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41441 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41449 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41452 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41458 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41461 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41469 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41472 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41478 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41489 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41498 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41501 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41513 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41516 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41522 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41525 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41537 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" usebox="none">
41540 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41546 <cell alignment="center" valignment="top" topline="true" bottomline="true" leftline="true" rightline="true" usebox="none">
41549 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41551 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41555 \begin_inset space \thinspace{}
41576 \begin_layout Chapter
41578 \begin_inset CommandInset label
41587 \begin_layout Standard
41588 The documentation is a collaborative effort between many different people
41589 (and we would encourage people to contribute!).
41592 \begin_layout Itemize
41595 Alejandro Aguilar Sierra
41598 \begin_layout Itemize
41604 \begin_layout Itemize
41610 \begin_layout Itemize
41616 \begin_layout Itemize
41622 \begin_layout Itemize
41628 \begin_layout Itemize
41634 \begin_layout Itemize
41640 \begin_layout Itemize
41643 Lars Gullik Bjønnes
41646 \begin_layout Itemize
41652 \begin_layout Itemize
41658 \begin_layout Itemize
41664 \begin_layout Itemize
41670 \begin_layout Itemize
41676 \begin_layout Itemize
41682 \begin_layout Itemize
41688 \begin_layout Itemize
41694 \begin_layout Itemize
41696 \begin_inset CommandInset citation
41705 \begin_layout Standard
41706 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
41709 The bibliography on the following page was created with the
41716 \begin_layout Bibliography
41717 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41718 LatexCommand bibitem
41725 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41728 target "http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS"
41733 \begin_inset Newline newline
41737 \begin_inset Flex URL
41740 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41742 http://www.lyx.org/trac/browser/lyx-devel/trunk/lib/CREDITS
41750 \begin_layout Bibliography
41751 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41752 LatexCommand bibitem
41753 key "latexcompanion"
41757 Frank Mittelbach and Michel Goossens:
41759 The LaTeX Companion Second Edition.
41762 Addison-Wesley, 2004
41765 \begin_layout Bibliography
41766 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41767 LatexCommand bibitem
41772 Helmut Kopka and Patrick W.
41775 A Guide to LaTeX Fourth Edition.
41778 Addison-Wesley, 2003
41781 \begin_layout Bibliography
41782 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41783 LatexCommand bibitem
41790 LaTeX: A Document Preparation System.
41793 Addison-Wesley, second edition, 1994
41796 \begin_layout Bibliography
41797 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41798 LatexCommand bibitem
41810 Addison-Wesley, 1984
41813 \begin_layout Bibliography
41814 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41815 LatexCommand bibitem
41821 \begin_inset Newline newline
41825 \begin_inset Flex URL
41828 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41830 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/help/Catalogue/bytopic.html
41838 \begin_layout Bibliography
41839 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41840 LatexCommand bibitem
41846 \begin_inset Newline newline
41850 \begin_inset Flex URL
41853 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41855 http://www.tex.ac.uk/cgi-bin/texfaq2html
41863 \begin_layout Bibliography
41864 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41865 LatexCommand bibitem
41871 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41873 name "Documentation"
41874 target "http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi"
41883 \begin_inset Newline newline
41887 \begin_inset Flex URL
41890 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41892 http://tug.ctan.org/indexing/makeindex/doc/manpages.dvi
41900 \begin_layout Bibliography
41901 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41902 LatexCommand bibitem
41908 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41910 name "Documentation"
41911 target "http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html"
41920 \begin_inset Newline newline
41924 \begin_inset Flex URL
41927 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41929 http://www.xindy.org/documentation.html
41937 \begin_layout Bibliography
41938 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41939 LatexCommand bibitem
41945 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41947 name "Documentation"
41948 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf"
41952 of the LaTeX-package
41960 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41961 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! caption
41967 \begin_inset Newline newline
41971 \begin_inset Flex URL
41974 \begin_layout Plain Layout
41976 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/caption/caption.pdf
41984 \begin_layout Bibliography
41985 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
41986 LatexCommand bibitem
41992 \begin_inset CommandInset href
41994 name "Documentation"
41995 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf"
41999 of the LaTeX-package
42007 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42008 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! fancyhdr
42014 \begin_inset Newline newline
42018 \begin_inset Flex URL
42021 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42023 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/fancyhdr/fancyhdr.pdf
42031 \begin_layout Bibliography
42032 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42033 LatexCommand bibitem
42039 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42041 name "Documentation"
42042 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf"
42046 of the LaTeX-package
42054 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42055 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! nomencl
42061 \begin_inset Newline newline
42065 \begin_inset Flex URL
42068 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42070 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/nomencl/nomencl.pdf
42078 \begin_layout Bibliography
42079 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42080 LatexCommand bibitem
42086 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42088 name "Documentation"
42089 target "http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf"
42093 of the LaTeX-package
42101 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42102 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! tipa
42108 \begin_inset Newline newline
42112 \begin_inset Flex URL
42115 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42117 http://www.ctan.org/tex-archive/fonts/tipa/tipaman.pdf
42125 \begin_layout Bibliography
42126 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42127 LatexCommand bibitem
42133 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42135 name "Documentation"
42136 target "ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty"
42140 of the LaTeX-package
42148 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42149 Latex@LaTeX-packages ! wrapfig
42155 \begin_inset Newline newline
42159 \begin_inset Flex URL
42162 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42164 ftp://tug.ctan.org/pub/tex-archive/macros/latex/contrib/wrapfig/wrapfig.sty
42172 \begin_layout Bibliography
42173 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42174 LatexCommand bibitem
42180 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42183 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX"
42187 how to use LyX with XeTeX:
42188 \begin_inset Newline newline
42192 \begin_inset Flex URL
42195 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42197 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/XeTeX
42205 \begin_layout Bibliography
42206 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42207 LatexCommand bibitem
42213 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42216 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic"
42220 how to set up LyX for Arabic:
42221 \begin_inset Newline newline
42225 \begin_inset Flex URL
42228 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42230 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Arabic
42238 \begin_layout Bibliography
42239 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42240 LatexCommand bibitem
42246 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42249 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian"
42253 how to set up LyX for Armenian:
42254 \begin_inset Newline newline
42258 \begin_inset Flex URL
42261 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42263 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Armenian
42271 \begin_layout Bibliography
42272 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42273 LatexCommand bibitem
42279 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42282 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi"
42286 how to set up LyX for Farsi:
42287 \begin_inset Newline newline
42291 \begin_inset Flex URL
42294 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42296 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Farsi
42304 \begin_layout Bibliography
42305 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42306 LatexCommand bibitem
42312 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42315 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew"
42319 how to set up LyX for Hebrew:
42320 \begin_inset Newline newline
42324 \begin_inset Flex URL
42327 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42329 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Hebrew
42337 \begin_layout Bibliography
42338 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42339 LatexCommand bibitem
42345 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42348 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese"
42352 how to set up LyX for Japanese:
42353 \begin_inset Newline newline
42357 \begin_inset Flex URL
42360 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42362 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Japanese
42370 \begin_layout Bibliography
42371 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42372 LatexCommand bibitem
42378 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42381 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese"
42385 how to set up LyX for Vietnamese:
42386 \begin_inset Newline newline
42390 \begin_inset Flex URL
42393 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42395 http://wiki.lyx.org/Windows/Vietnamese
42403 \begin_layout Bibliography
42404 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42405 LatexCommand bibitem
42411 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42414 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList"
42418 with a list of all available LyX-functions:
42419 \begin_inset Newline newline
42423 \begin_inset Flex URL
42426 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42428 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/LyxFunctionList
42436 \begin_layout Bibliography
42437 \begin_inset CommandInset bibitem
42438 LatexCommand bibitem
42444 \begin_inset CommandInset href
42447 target "http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16"
42451 about new features in
42456 \begin_inset Newline newline
42460 \begin_inset Flex URL
42463 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42465 http://wiki.lyx.org/LyX/NewInLyX16
42473 \begin_layout Standard
42474 \begin_inset Newpage newpage
42481 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42492 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42508 \begin_inset Note Note
42511 \begin_layout Plain Layout
42518 is the name of the bibliography in the current document language.
42519 It is redefined here with the number 2 at the end to state that the following
42520 bibliography is the second one:
42528 \begin_layout Standard
42529 \begin_inset CommandInset bibtex
42530 LatexCommand bibtex
42531 bibfiles "biblio/LyXDocs"
42532 options "biblio/alphadin"
42539 \begin_layout Standard
42540 The above bibliography is created from a BibTeX-database.
42543 \begin_layout Standard
42546 \begin_inset CommandInset nomencl_print
42547 LatexCommand printnomenclature
42552 \begin_inset CommandInset index_print
42553 LatexCommand printindex